-
1 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
2 ἵστημι
ἵστημι (cf. ἱστάω, ἱστάνω),I causal, make to stand, imper.ἵστη Il.21.313
, E.Supp. 1230,καθ-ίστα Il.9.202
: [tense] impf. ἵστην, [dialect] Ep.ἵστασκε Od.19.574
; [ per.] 3pl.ἵσταν B.10.112
: [tense] fut. στήσω, [dialect] Dor.στᾱσῶ Theoc.5.54
: [tense] aor. 1 ἔστησα, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔστᾰσαν for ἔστησαν dub. in Od.18.307, 3.182, 8.435, al. (v. ἔστᾰσαν): hence, in late Poets, ἔστᾰσας, ἔστᾰσε, AP9.714,708 (Phil.): [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. ἐστησάμην (never intr.), v. infr.A.111.2, 3: [tense] pf.ἕστᾰκα Cerc.3
, ([etym.] καθ-) Hyp.Eux.28, UPZ 112.5 (ii B.C.), ([etym.] περι-) Pl.Ax. 370d, ([etym.] ἀφ-) LXXJe.16.5, ([etym.] παρ-) Phld.Rh. 1.9S., al., ([etym.] συν-) S.E.M.7.109; also ἕστηκα (v. infr.) in trans. sense, ([etym.] δι-) Arist.Vent. 973a18, ([etym.] ἀφ-) v.l. in LXX l.c.; ἑστακεῖα trans. in Test.Epict.1.25.II intr., stand,1 [voice] Act., [tense] aor. 2 ἔστην, [dialect] Ep.στάσκον Il.3.217
; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστησαν, more freq. in Hom. ἔσταν, στάν [ᾰ]; imper. στῆθι, [dialect] Dor.στᾶθι Sapph.29
, Theoc.23.38; subj. στῶ, [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. στήῃς, στήῃ (for στῇς, στῇ), Il.17.30, 5.598; [ per.] 1pl. στέωμεν (as disyll.) 22.231,στείομεν 15.297
; opt. σταῖεν, [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl.σταίησαν 17.733
; inf. στῆναι, [dialect] Ep.στήμεναι 17.167
, Od.5.414, [dialect] Dor.στᾶμεν Pi.P.4.2
; part. στάς: [tense] pf. ἕστηκα: [tense] plpf. ἑστήκειν, sts. with strengthd. augm. εἱστήκειν, as E.HF 925, Ar.Av. 513, Th.1.89, etc.; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.ἑστήκεε Hdt. 7.152
:—from Hom. downwds. the shorter dual and pl. forms of the [tense] pf. are preferred, ἕστᾰτον, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἑστᾶσι (IG12(8).356 (Thasos, vi B.C.), etc.), in Hdt. ἑστέᾱσι; imper.ἕστᾰθι Aristomen. 5
; subj. ἑστῶ; opt. ἑσταίην; inf. ἑστάναι, [dialect] Ep. ἑστάμεν, ἑστάμεναι ( ἑστηκέναι only late, as Ael.VH3.18); part. ἑστώς ( ἑστηκώς rare in early Gr., Hdt.2.126, Pl.Men. 93d, Lg. 802c, Arist. (infr. B.11.2), Alex.126.16,εἱστηκότα IG12.374.179
), fem. ἑστῶσα (not ἑστυῖα; but συνεστηκυιῶν prob. in Hp.Aër.10), neut. , Tht. 183e, SIG 1234 ([place name] Lycia), etc., ([etym.] καθ-) POxy.68.32 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] ἐν-) PRyl. 98 (a).10 (ii A.D.), ([etym.] παρ-) Ar.Eq. 564 (- ώς freq. v.l. as in Pl. and Ar. ll.cc., preferred by Choerob.in Theod.2.313); gen. ἑστῶτος; [dialect] Ion. ἑστεώς, ἑστεός, ῶτος; [dialect] Ep. ; dat. pl. ἑστηῶσι cj. in Antim.16.5, cf. Call.Dian. 134; Hom. does not use the nom., but has gen. ἑστᾰότος, acc. ἑστᾰότα, nom. pl. ἑστᾰότες, as if from ἑσταώς: so also [tense] plpf. ἑστάτην, ἕστᾰμεν, ἕστᾰτε, ἕστᾰσαν: late [tense] pres. ἑστήκω, formed from [tense] pf., Posidipp. ap. Ath.10.412e: hence, [tense] fut.ἑστήξω Hom. Epigr.15.14
, X.Cyr.6.2.17, Hegesipp.1.25,ἑστήξομαι X.Cyn.10.9
codd.2 [voice] Pass., ἵσταμαι: imper. , , Ar.Ec. 737: [tense] impf. ἱστάμην: [tense] fut.στᾰθήσομαι And.3.34
, Aeschin. 3.103: more freq.στήσομαι Il.20.90
, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐστάθην Od.17.463
, etc.; rarely ἔστην, [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg. (Argos, v B.C.): [tense] pf. ἕσταμαι ([etym.] δι-) v.l. in Pl.Ti. 81d, κατεστέαται v.l. in Hdt.1.196. (From I.-E. sthā-, cf. Skt. sthā- ([tense] aor. á-sthā-t), Lat. stare, etc.; Gr. redupl. [tense] pres. and [tense] pf. fr. si-sthā-, se-sthā-.)A Causal, make to stand, set up,πελέκεας ἑξείης Od.19.574
; ἔγχος μέν ῥ' ἔστησε φέρων πρὸς κίονα he set it against the pillar, 1.127, cf. Il. 15.126; ἱ. ἱστόν set up the loom, or raise the mast (v.ἱστός 1
and 11); κρητῆρας στήσασθαι to have bowls set up, Od.2.431; θεοῖς.. κρητῆρα στήσασθαι in honour of the gods, Il.6.528; στῆσαί τινα ὀρθόν, στ. ὀρθὰν καρδίαν, Pi.P.3.53,96;ὀρθῷ στ. ἐπὶ σφυρῷ Id.I.7(6).13
;ἐς ὀρθὸν ἱ. τινά E.Supp. 1230
; ;ὀρθὸν οὖς ἵστησιν S.El.27
; στῆσαι λόγχας, for battle, Id.Ant. 145(lyr.); esp. raise buildings, statues, trophies, etc.,ἱ. ἀνδριάντα Hdt.2.110
; ;τροπαῖον ἱ. τῶν πολεμίων Isoc.4.150
, cf.IG22.1457.26;τροπαῖον στησάμενοι X.HG2.4.7
; ;τὰ μακρὰ στῆσαι τείχη Th.1.69
; ἱ. τινὰ χαλκοῦν set him up in brass, raise a brazen statue to him, D.13.21, 19.261 (so in [tense] pf., stand,οὗτος ἕστηκε λίθινος Hdt.2.141
:—[voice] Pass.,σφυρήλατος ἐν Ὀλυμπία στάθητι Pl.Phdr. 236b
;σταθῆναι χαλκοῦς Arist.Rh. 1410a33
).II set, place, of things or persons,τρίποδ' ἔστασαν ἐν πυρί Od.8.435
, etc.; , etc.; fix,τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν Philostr.VA1.10
; esp. set men in order or array,πεζοὺς δ' ἐξόπιθε στῆσεν Il.4.298
, cf. 2.525, etc.;στῆσαί τινας τελευταίους X. Cyr.6.3.25
, etc.III bring to a standstill, stay, check,λαὸν δὲ στῆσον Il.6.433
; νέας, ἵππους, ἡμιόνους στῆσαι, Od.3.182, Il.5.755, 24.350; μύλην στῆσαι to stop the mill, Od.20.111; στῆσεν ἄρ' (sc. ἡμιόνους) 7.4; στῆσε δ' ἐν Ἀμνισῷ (sc. νῆα) 19.188;βᾶριν Iamb.Myst.6.5
; στῆσαι τὴν φάλαγγα halt it, X.Cyr.7.1.5;ἵστησι ῥοῦν Pl.Cra. 437b
, etc.; ἵ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς πράγμασιν ib. 437a; στ. τὰ ὄμματα fix them, of a dying man, Id.Phd. 118; στ. τὸ πρόσωπον compose the countenance, X.Cyr.1.3.9;στήσαντες ἐπὶ τούτων τὴν διήγησιν Plb. 3.2.6
: esp. in Medic.,ἵ. κοιλίαν Dsc.1.20
; τὰς κοιλίας Philotim. ap. Orib.4.10.1;αἱμορραγίας Dsc.1.129
: abs., Arist.HA 605a29:—[voice] Med.,ἱστάμενος τῷ νοσήματι Hp.Ep.19
( Hermes 53.65).2 set on foot, stir up,κονίης.. ἱστᾶσιν ὀμίχλην Il.13.336
;ἵστη δὲ μέγα κῦμα 21.313
;νεφέλην ἔστησε Κρονίων Od.12.405
, cf. Il.5.523; of battle, etc., φυλόπιδα στήσειν stir up strife, Od.11.314;ἔριν στήσαντες 16.292
(so intr. φύλοπις ἕστηκε the fray is on foot, Il.18.172):—also in [voice] Med., στησάμενοι δ' ἐμάχοντο ib. 533, Od.9.54;πολέμους ἵστασθαι Hdt.7.9
.β', 175, 236; soἱστάναι βοήν A.Ch. 885
; ([voice] Pass., θόρυβος ἵσταται βοῆς arises, S.Ph. 1263); also of passions and states of mind, μῆνιν, ἐλπίδα στῆσαι, Id.OT 699, E.IA 788(lyr.).3 set up, appoint,τινὰ βασιλέα Hdt.1.97
; , cf. OC 1041, Ant. 666:—[voice] Med.,ἐστάσαντο τύραννον Alc.37
A;φύλακας στησόμεθα Pl.R. 484d
:—[voice] Pass.,ὁ ὑπὸ Δαρείου σταθεὶς ὕπαρχος Hdt.7.105
, cf. IG 9(1).32.23 (Stiris, ii B.C.).4 establish, institute, χορούς, παννυχίδα, Hdt.3.48, 4.76 (soστήσασθαι ἤθεά τε καὶ νόμους Id.2.35
; ); στῆσαι χορόν, Ὀλυμπιάδα, ἑορτάν, Pi.P.9.114, O.2.3, 10(11).58;κτερίσματα S.El. 433
;χορούς B.10.112
, D.21.51; οὐχ ὑγιῶς ἱστάμενος λόγον setting up a bad argument, Anon.Lond.26.34:—[voice] Pass.,ἀγορὴ ἵσταταί τινι Hdt.6.58
.5 = Lat. statuere, determine,γνῶναι καὶ στῆσαι D.H.8.68
;διαγεινώσκειν καὶ ἱστάναι Not. Arch.4.21
(Aug.):—[voice] Pass.,τὰ ὑπό τινος σταθέντα OGI665.27
(Egypt, i A.D.); τὰ ἑσταμένα Wilcken Chr.167.27 (ii B.C.).6 fix by agreement,ὁ σταθεὶς τόκος PGrenf.1.31.1
(i B.C.), cf. PFlor.14.11 (iv A.D.);τὸ ἑσταμένον ἐνοίκιον BGU253.15
(iii A.D.).IV place in the balance, weigh, Il.19.247, 22.350, 24.232, Ar.V.40; [ ἐκπώματα] Thphr.Char.18.7;ἀριθμοῦντες καὶ μετροῦντες καὶ ἱστάντες X.Cyr.8.2.21
, etc.; ἱστάναι τι πρὸς ἀργύριον weigh a thing against silver, Hdt.2.65; ἀγαθὸς ἱστάναι good at weighing, Pl.Prt. 356b; τὸ ἐγγὺς καὶ τὸ πόρρω στήσας ἐν τῷ ζυγῷ ibid., cf. Lys.10.18; ἐπὶ τὸ ἱστάναι ἐλθεῖν have recourse to the scales, Pl.Euthphr.7c:—[voice] Pass.,ἵστασθαι ἐπὶ ζυγοῦ Arr.Epict.1.29.15
; weighed,IG
11(2).161B113 (Delos, iii B.C.).B [voice] Pass. and intr. tenses of [voice] Act., to be set or placed, stand, Hom. etc., ἀγχοῦ, ἆσσον, Il.2.172, 23.97;ἄντα τινός 17.30
;ἐς μέσσον Od.17.447
;σταθεὶς ἐς μέσον Hdt.3.130
; ἀντίοι ἔσταν, ἐναντίοι ἔστησαν, Il.1.535, Od.10.391: prov. of critical circumstances,ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἵσταται ἀκμῆς Il.10.173
: freq. merely a stronger form of εἶναι, to be in a certain place or state, , etc.; ἑστάτω for ἔστω, S.Aj. 1084; τὰ νῦν ἑστῶτα,= τὰ νῦν, Id.Tr. 1271 (anap.);ἐμοὶ δ' ἄχος ἕστᾱκεν Id.Aj. 200
(lyr.): with Adv., ξυμφορᾶς ἵν' ἕσταμεν, ἵν' ἕστ. χρείας, in what case or need we are, Id.Tr. 1145, OT 1442; ποῦ τύχης ἕστηκεν; Id.Aj. 102; later also ἀδίκως, ὀρθῶς, εὐλαβῶς ἵστασθαι, behave wrongly, etc., Plb.18.3.2, 33.6.3, 18.33.4.2 take up an intellectual attitude,ὡς ἵστασθαι δεῖ περὶ χρημάτων κτήσεως Phld.Oec.p.38J.
; οὐκ ὀρθῶς ἵ. Id.Rh.1.53S.3 in pregnant sense,στῆναι ἐς.. Hdt.9.21
;στ. ἐς δίκην E.IT 962
;στ. παρά τινα Il.24.169
(but οἱ μὴ στάντες παρὰ τὰ δεινά those who did not face the danger, D.H.9.28): c. acc. loci, τί τοῦτ' αἰθερίαν ἕστηκε πέτραν; E.Supp. 987 (lyr.);στῆτε τόνδε τρίβον Id.Or. 1251
:c. acc. cogn., ποίαν μ' ἀνάστασιν δοκεῖς.. στῆναι; S.Ph. 277.II stand still, halt,ἀλλ' ἄγε δὴ στέωμεν Il.11.348
, cf. Od.6.211, 10.97; opp. φεύγω, 6.199, etc.; stand idle, Il.4.243, al.; ἑστάναι to be stationary, opp. κινεῖσθαι, Pl.R. 436c, etc.;κατὰ χώρην ἑστάναι Hdt.4.97
; οὐ μὴν ἐνταῦθ' ἕστηκε τὸ πρᾶγμα does not rest here, D.21.102, cf. 10.36; ἐὰν ἡ κοιλία στῇ if the bowels are constipated, Arist.HA 588a8: c. part.,οὐ στήσεται ἀδικῶν D.10.10
; come to a stop, rest satisfied,ἄν τις ὀρθῶς ἐπιβάλῃ, ἔπειτα σταθῇ Epicur. Fr. 423
;οὐχ ἱστάμενοι Plot.3.1.2
: impers., ἵσταται there is a stop, one comes to a stop, Arist.APr. 43a37, al.;οὐκ ἔστη ἐνταῦθα κακοῖς γενομένοις ἀποθανεῖν Plot.3.2.8
; alsoἵστασθαι μέχρι τοῦ γένους Them.in APo. 55.8
,al.2 metaph., stand firm, X.HG5.2.23;τῇ διανοίᾳ Plb.21.11.3
; of arguments or propositions, hold good, Phld.Rh.1.83, 2.192 S.: part., ἑστηκώς fixed, stable, Arist.GA 776a35, EN 1104a4, Metaph. 1047a15; (Delph., ii B.C.);λογισμὸς ἑστὼς καὶ νουνεχής Plb.3.105.9
;τέχναι οὐκ ἔχουσαι τὸ ἑστηκός, ἀλλὰ τὸ στοχαστικόν Phld.Rh.1.71S.
(so Adv. ἑστηκότως, opp. στοχαστικῶς, ib.70S.), cf. Iamb.Protr.21.κ'; χρεία ἑστηκυῖα καὶ τεταγμένη Plb.6.25.10
; ἑστηκότα θεωρήματα, ἑστηκότες σκοποί, Phld.Rh.1.2S., Po.5.22; of age,ἑστηκυῖα ἡλικία Pl.Lg. 802c
; τιμαὶ ἑστηκυῖαι fixed prices, PTeb.ined.703.177.III to be set up or upright, stand up, rise up,κρημνοὶ ἕστασαν Il.12.55
;ὀρθαὶ τρίχες ἔσταν 24.359
, cf. A.Th. 564(lyr.), Pl. Ion 535c, etc.;κονίη ἵστατο Il.2.151
;ἵστατο κῦμα 21.240
; of a horse, ἵστασθαι ὀρθός to rear, Hdt.5.111; ἵστασθαι βάθρων from the steps, S.OT 143.2 to be set up, erected, or built,στήλη, ἥ τ' ἐπὶ τύμβῳ ἑστήκῃ Il.17.435
;ἕστακε τροπαῖον A. Th. 954
(lyr.); , etc.; v. supr. A.11.3 generally, arise, begin,ἵστατο νεῖκος Il.13.333
; cf. A. 111.2.4 in marking Time, ἔαρος νέον ἱσταμένοιο when spring is not long begun, Od.19.519; ἕβδομος ἑστήκει μείς the seventh month was begun, Il. 19.117; τοῦ μὲν φθίνοντος μηνός, τοῦ δ' ἱσταμένοιο as one month ends and the next begins, Od.14.162, cf. Hes.Op. 780; later μὴν ἱστάμενος, μεσῶν, φθίνων, first in Hdt.6.57, 106, cf. And.1.121, Aeschin.3.67;σχεδὸν ἤδη μεσημβρία ἵσταται Pl.Phdr. 242a
. -
3 χειραγωγέω
A lead by the hand, τινα LXXJd.16.26 cod. A, Muson.Fr.15Ap.79H., Act.Ap.9.8, Plu.Cleom.38: generally, guide, direct,φρυκτώρια ἐς ἀσφαλεῖς καταγωγὰς τὰς ναῦς χ. Hdn.4.2.8
; χ. τούτῳ τὴν ἔξοδον will guide his exit, Procop.Gaz.p.158B.: metaph.,χ. τὴν εὕρεσιν μνήμῃ Plu.2.48b
;τὴν ψυχὴν ἐπί τι Max.
Tyr.10.6; also 'lead by the nose', cajole, Posidon.36J.: abs., Luc.Tim.32, Porph. Chr.30:—[voice] Pass., LXX To.11.16 cod. <*>,ὑπ' αὐτῶν τῶν πραγμάτων PPetr. 3p.22
(iii B.C.), cf. D.S.13.20;ἐπί τι Hdn.7.1.2
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χειραγωγέω
-
4 ἐπισπάω
A draw or drag after one, Hdt.2.121.δ; ἦγ' ἐπισπάσας κόμης by the hair, E.Hel. 116, cf. Tr. 882, Andr. 710:— [voice] Med., X.An.4.7.14:—[voice] Pass., ἐπισπασθῆναι τῇ χειρί with the hand, Th.4.130.2. metaph., bring on, cause,τοσόνδε πλῆθος πημάτων A.Pers. 477
.3. pull to,τὴν θύραν X.HG6.4.36
; cf. ἐπισπαστήρ: ἐπισπασθέντος τοῦ βρόχου being drawn tight, D.24.139.4. attract, gain, win, :—freq. in [voice] Med.,ἐπισπᾶσθαι κέρδος Hdt.3.72
;εὔνοιαν Plb.3.98.9
; (Magn. Mae., ii B.C.);ἔχθραν AP11.340
(Pall.); welcome, Ph.1.384; ἐπισπᾶσθαι πώγωνα get one a beard, Luc.JTr.16; induce,ὕπνον ἐκπώμασιν Lib.Or.56.26
; attract,σίδηρον Phld.Sign.1
.5. draw on, allure, persuade, :—[voice] Med.,ὁ λόγος.. ἂν ἐπισπάσαιτο Th.3.44
, cf. 5.111; ἐ. ἡ πέρδιξ [τὸν θηρεύοντα] Arist.HA 613b19; θάτερον παρεμπῖπτον ἐπεσπάσατο.. τὸ ἕτερον ἐπινόημα induced, provoked, Epicur.Nat. 137 G.: c.inf., induce to do, ἐπισπάσασθαι [ἂν] αὐτοὺς ἡγεῖτο προθυμήσεσθαι he thought it would induce, invite them to make the venture, dub. l. in Th.4.9; ἐπισπᾶσθαί τινα ἐμπλησθῆναιδακρύων τὰ ὄμματα X.Cyr.5.5.10
;ἐ. τοὺσπολεμίους ἐφ' ἑαυτόν Plu.Phil. 18
, cf. Mar.11, 21, 26; but τοὺς πολεμίους εἰς τόπους allure, entice, Plb. 3.110.2, etc.:—[voice] Pass., ἐπισπώμενον εἰς τἀναντία πολλάκις ἅμα though often he is being drawn in opposite directionsatonce, Pl.Lg. 863e; φοβοῦμαι μὴ πάντες.. ἐπισπασθῶσιν πέρα τοῦ συμφέροντος [πολεμῆσαι] D. 5.19; (iii B.C.); ἐπεσπάσθηνφιλονεικεῖν Demetr.Lac.Herc.1055.23F.
6. [voice] Med., absorb, τὰ σιτία- σπᾶται τὴν ὑγρότητα Arist.Pr. 868b30
;τὰ ἐριναστὰ [σῦκα] ἐ. τὸν ὀπόν Thphr.CP2.9.12
; quaff, of a drinker, ἀπνευστὶ ἐ. Gal.15.500, cf. Luc. DDeor.5.4; of infants, suck,γάλα Sor.1.88
; of cupping instruments, Hp.VM22; draw in,πνεῦμα Phld.D.3.13
:—[voice] Pass., of air, to be sucked in, Arist.Pr. 931b22.7. [voice] Med., draw in, call in,Πύρρον Plb.1.6.5
; φυλακὴν καὶ βοήθειαν παρά τινος ib.7.6;μάρτυρας -ᾶται τοὺς μουσικούς Phld.Po.5.1425.8
:—[voice] Pass., to be called in, forced to work,εἴς τι PTeb. 27.4
(ii B.C.).8. in [voice] Pass., of the sea, ἐπισπωμένη βιαιότερον returning with a rush after having retired, Th.3.89.II. overturn: hence proverb., ὅλην τὴν ἅμαξαν ἐπεσπάσω you have `upset the apple-cart', Luc.Pseudol.32.III. [voice] Med., draw the prepuce forward, become as if uncircumcised,μὴ ἐπισπάσθω 1 Ep.Cor.7.18
; of the nurse, ἐπισπάσθωτὴν ἀκροποσθίαν Sor.1.113
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐπισπάω
-
5 τίθημι
τίθημι (Hom.+) and its by-form τιθέω (Hv 1, 1, 3 and 2, 1, 2 as historical present; B-D-F §321; s. Rob. 318); impf. 3 sg. ἐτίθει, 3 pl. ἐτίθεσαν Mk 6:56 and ἐτίθουν as v.l.; Ac 3:2; 4:35; Hv 3, 2, 7 (B-D-F §94, 1; Mlt-H. 202); fut. θήσω; 1 aor. ἔθηκα (B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308; 310); 2 aor. subj. θῶ, impv. 2 pl. θέτε, inf. θεῖναι, ptc. θείς; pf. τέθεικα.; plpf. ἐτεθείκει (Just., D. 78, 5). Mid.: fut. θήσομαι; 2 aor. ἐθέμην. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. τεθήσονται Jer 13:16; 1 aor. ἐτέθην; pf. τέθειμαι, ptc. τεθειμένος (Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 18 p. 401, 3 Jac.) J 19:41; Hs 9, 15, 4 (on the pf. s. B-D-F §97, 2). The middle is gener. not different in mng. fr. the act. (B-D-F §316, 1; s. Rob. 804f). The semantic boundaries of this multivalent verb are quite flexible.① to put or place in a particular location, lay, putⓐ act. and pass.: gener.α. w. acc. lay (away), set up, put (away) ποῦ τεθείκατε αὐτόν; where have you laid him? J 11:34 (as early as Hom. τιθέναι has the special sense lay away, bury); cp. Mk 16:6; J 19:42; 20:2, 13, 15. Pass. (ApcMos 42 ποῦ μέλλοι τεθῆναι τὸ σῶμα αὐτῆς) Mk 15:47; Lk 23:55. ὅπου ἦν τεθείς GPt 12:51. λίθον Ro 9:33 (Is 28:16 ἐμβαλῶ); 1 Pt 2:6; pass. B 6:2. θεμέλιον lay a foundation Lk 14:29; 1 Cor 3:10f (in imagery).—Of stones ἐξώτεροι ἐτέθησαν they were placed on the outside Hs 9, 8, 3; 5a (cp. c); 7. ἐν ἰσχύι τέθεικεν τὴν σάρκα αὐτοῦ κύριος the Lord (God) has set his (Christ’s) flesh in strength B 6:3a; cp. b (Is 50:7).β. w. the acc., oft. supplied fr. the context, and a prepositional expr. closely related to the verb (Herodas 4, 34 τιθέναι εἰς τοὺς λίθους ζοήν [ sic]) εἰς κρύπτην put someth. in a cellar Lk 11:33. εἰς μνημεῖον lay in a tomb Ac 13:29; cp. Rv 11:9. Of stones τιθ. εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν put into the building Hv 3, 2, 7. Pass. Hs 9, 4, 5; 9, 6, 8; cp. 9, 5, 4. Opp. ἐκ τῆς οἰκοδομῆς ἐτέθησαν they were put out of the building 9, 8, 1. ἔμπροσθέν τινος GPt 4:12. ἔν τινι (Gen 50:26; Jos., Ant. 14, 124; TestJob 20:9): ἐν μνημείῳ Mt 27:60; cp. Mk 6:29; 15:46; Lk 23:53; Ac 7:16. Pass. J 19:41.—Mk 6:56; Ac 9:37. ἐνώπιόν τινος (1 Km 10:25) Lk 5:18. ἐπί τινος (X., Cyr. 8, 8, 16; Ezk 40:2; JosAs 3:11; Jos., Ant. 6, 15) 8:16b; J 19:19; Ac 5:15; Rv 10:2; GPt 3:8; 6:21; 12:53. ἐπί τινι 8:32. ἐπί τι (Ps 20:4; 1 Km 6:8; TestAbr B 5 p. 109, 18 [Stone p. 66]; JosAs 16:11; ParJer 9:32; Mel., P. 14, 90) Mk 4:21b; Lk 6:48 (θεμέλιον; s. α above); 2 Cor 3:13. Esp. τὰς χεῖρας ἐπί τι or ἐπί τινα (cp. Ps 138:5) Mk 8:25 v.l.; 10:16: τὴν δεξιάν Rv 1:17. θήσω τὸ πνεῦμά μου ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mt 12:18 (=ἔδωκα Is 42:1; τ. τὸ πνεῦμα as Is 63:11). παρά τι (Plut., Mor. 176e; 3 Km 13:31) Ac 4:35, 37 v.l.; 5:2. πρός τι (JosAs 8:4 πρὸς τὸ στῆθος) 3:2; 4:37. ὑπό τι Mt 5:15; Mk 4:21; cp. 1 Cor 15:25 (s. 5aα). ὑποκάτω τινός (Jer 45:12) Lk 8:16a.—Mt 22:44 (Ps 109:1); Mk 12:36.ⓑ special expressionsα. act. explain in what figure of speech can we present (the Reign of God)? (i.e., how shall I put it?) Mk 4:30.β. act. take off, give up in Joh. lit. take off, remove τὰ ἱμάτια (Hdt 1, 10, 1 τ. τὰ εἵματα; cp. Herodas 5, 62; Plut., Alc. 195 [8, 2]; Jos., Bell. 1, 390 τ. τὸ διάδημα and s. ἱμάτιον 3) J 13:4. τὴν (ἑαυτοῦ) ψυχήν lay down or give (up) one’s life 10:11 and 15 (both v.l. δίδωμι), 17, 18ab (ApcSed 1:5 τὴν ψυχὴν θῇ ὑπὲρ τῶν φίλων; EFascher, Z. Auslegg. v. J 10:17, 18: Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66); 13:37f; 15:13; 1 J 3:16ab (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 68 §289 δεξιάς; SibOr 5, 157 τ. simply=δίδωμι).γ. act. show deference to τιθέναι τὰ γόνατα (σοι γόνυ τίθημι γαίᾳ Eur., Troad. 1307; also in Lat.: genua ponere Ovid, Fasti 2, 438; Curt. 8, 7, 13; B-D-F §5, 3b) bend the knee, kneel down Mk 15:19; Lk 22:41; Ac 7:60; 9:40; 20:36; 21:5; Hv 1, 1, 3; 2, 1, 2.δ. act. place before someone, serve (X., Mem. 3, 14, 1; JosAs 15:14 τράπεζαν καὶ ἄρτον Just., A I, 66, 4) οἶνον J 2:10 (Bel 11 Theod. οἶνον θές).ε. act. and mid. have (in mind) θέτε ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις w. inf. foll. make up (your) minds Lk 21:14. Mid. ἔθεντο ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῶν they kept in mind (the obj. acc. is supplied by the immediate context) Lk 1:66 (1 Km 21:13). The same expr.= come to think of someth., contrive someth. in one’s mind 21:14 v.l.; Ac 5:4. Likew. ἔθετο ὁ Παῦλος ἐν τῷ πνεύματι w. inf. foll. Paul resolved 19:21. θέσθε εἰς τὰ ὦτα ὑμῶν τοὺς λόγους τούτους Lk 9:44.ζ. act. and mid. effect someth., arrange for someth. τ. ἐπί τινος foll. by the acc. and inf. ordain by means of someone that … B 13:6.—τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ μετὰ τῶν ὑποκριτῶν θήσει (μέρος 2) Mt 24:51; cp. Lk 12:46. Mid. w. acc. (GrBar 2:1 [of God]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 106 §442 εὐχὰς τίθεσθαι=offer prayers) βουλήν reach a decision (βουλή 2a) Ac 27:12.η. mid. put (in custody) τίθεσθαί τινα ἐν τηρήσει Ac 5:18; ἐν (τῇ) φυλακῇ (Gen 41:10; 42:17) Mt 14:3 v.l.; Ac 5:25; εἰς φυλακήν (PPetr II, 5a, 3 [III B.C.]) 12:4; εἰς τήρησιν (w. the acc. easily supplied) 4:3. ἐν σωτηρίῳ place in safety, cause to share salvation (w. acc. to be supplied) 1 Cl 15:6 (Ps 11:6).θ. act. provide (an example) ὑπόδειγμά τινος τιθ. set up an example of someth. 2 Pt 2:6 (cp. Jos., Ant. 17, 313 παράδειγμα τῆς ἀρετῆς τιθέναι). Those persons are added, in the dat., to whose advantage or disadvantage the example is given: τιθέναι πρόσκομμα τῷ ἀδελφῷ Ro 14:13 (πρόσκομμα 2b). σκοπὸν τοῖς νέοις θήσομεν 2 Cl 19:1.② act. to lay aside/deposit (money), put aside, store up, deposit a t.t. term of commercial life (Demosth. 52, 3 ἀργύριον al.; Hyperid. 5, 4; Theocr., Epigr. 14, 2; Plut., Mor. 829b; pap) opp. αἴρειν you withdraw what you did not deposit Lk 19:21; cp. vs. 22. ἕκαστος παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέτω each one is to put aside at home 1 Cor 16:2.③ to assign to some task or function, appoint, assignⓐ τιθέναι τινὰ εἴς τι place/appoint someone to or for ( to function as) someth. (for the construction cp. Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 636 D.: τοὺς οὐκ ὄντας νόμους εἰς νόμους τ.) τέθεικά σε εἰς φῶς ἐθνῶν Ac 13:47 (Is 49:6); pass.: εἰς ὸ̔ ἐτέθην ἐγὼ κῆρυξ 1 Ti 2:7; 2 Ti 1:11. Also τιθ. τινὰ ἵνα appoint someone to … J 15:16.ⓑ mid. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἴς τι appoint someone to or for someth. Dg 6:10. W. acc. easily supplied 1 Ti 1:12.ⓐ establish, give, of a law (τιθέναι νόμον since Soph., El. 580; IAndrosIsis, Kyme 4; the mid. τίθεσθαι νόμον since Hdt. 1, 29. Both oft. in Pla.; likew. Diod S 5, 83, 5, where the act. as well as the mid. is used of law. The act. also EpArist 15; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 316, Ant. 16, 1; Ath. 34, 2. The mid. also Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 55 §228; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 269; 2, 273; Ar. 13, 7) only in the pass. (as Pla., Leg.; 4, 705d al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 184; Just., D. 11, 2; Ath. 33, 1) ὁ νόμος ἐτέθη Gal 3:19 D.ⓑ mid. w. acc. fix, establish, set καιροὺς οὓς ὁ πατὴρ ἔθετο times which the Father has fixed Ac 1:7. θέμενος ἐν ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον τῆς καταλλαγῆς as he established among us the word of reconciliation (=entrusted to us … ; cp. Ps 104:27 ἔθετο ἐν αὐτοῖς τ. λόγους) 2 Cor 5:19. ὁ θεὸς ἔθετο τὰ μέλη God has arranged the parts of the body 1 Cor 12:18.⑤ to cause to undergo a change in experience/condition, make, consignⓐ act. or pass., either w. a double acc. of the obj. and of the pred. (Hom.+; X., Cyr. 4, 6, 3; Lucian, Dial. Marin. 14, 2; Aelian, VH13, 6; Lev 26:31; Is 5:20; Wsd 10:21; Jos., Ant. 11, 39) or in the form τιθέναι τινὰ εἴ τι (cp. 3a).α. make someone ὸ̔ν ἔθηκεν κληρονόμον πάντων Hb 1:2. πατέρα πολλῶν ἐθνῶν τέθεικά σε Ro 4:17 (Gen 17:5). ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet (Ps 109:1): Mt 22:44 v.l.; Lk 20:43; Ac 2:35; Hb 1:13; the same quotation introduced with ἄχρι οὗ θῇ 1 Cor 15:25; pass. Hb 10:13 (on this expr. cp. Plut., Mor. 1097c [HAlmqvist, Pl. u. das NT ’46, 104]). Consign, act. εἰ κόλασιν 1 Cl 11:1; pass. of those who refuse to believe the word εἰ ὸ̔ καὶ ἐτέθησαν 1 Pt 2:8; of Paul’s obligation to accept his destiny at Rome εἰς τοῦτο γὰρ ἐτέθην AcPl Ha 7, 15. Cp. 3a.β. make someth. (Mimnermus 1, 10 D.2 cause someth. to become someth. [adj.]: ‘God has made old age vexatious’) ἀδάπανον θήσω τὸ εὐαγγέλιον 1 Cor 9:18.ⓑ mid. w. a double acc. make someone someth. (Appian., Illyr. 13 §37 φίλον τίθεσθαί τινα; schol. on Pind., O. 1, 58b; 2 Macc 5:21; Ath. 12, 2. S. also Tyrtaeus [VII B.C.] 8, 5 D.3 of the man who is called upon to hate his own life [in battle]: ἀνὴρ ἐχθρὴν ψυχὴν θέμενος) Ac 20:28 (CClaereboets, Biblica 24, ’43, 370–87); 1 Cor 12:28. τίθεσθαι τινὰ εἲ τι consign someone to someth. ὀργήν 1 Th 5:9.—B. 832. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
6 τείνω
A , ([etym.] ἀπο-) Pl.Grg. 458b, ([etym.] ἐκ-) E.Med. 585: [tense] aor.ἔτεινα Il.4.124
, [dialect] Ep.τεῖνα 3.261
: [tense] pf.τέτᾰκα D.H. 19.12
, etc., ([etym.] ἀπο-) Pl.Grg. 465e:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. τενοῦμαι ([etym.] παρα-) Th.3.46, ([etym.] προ-) D.14.5: [tense] aor. ἐτεινάμην, [dialect] Ep. τειν-, A.R.2.1043, 4.705, ([etym.] προ-) Hdt. 9.34, ([etym.] δι-) Antipho 5.46, Pl.Ti. 78b:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. τᾰθήσομαι ([etym.] παρα-) Id.Ly. 204c: [tense] aor. ἐτάθην [ᾰ] S.Ant. 124 (lyr.), etc., [dialect] Ep.τάθην Il.23.375
: [tense] pf. , etc.: [tense] plpf. [ per.] 3sg. and pl. τέτατο, τέταντο, Od.11.11, Il.4.544; [ per.] 3 dual τετάσθην ib. 536:— stretch by force, pull tight,κυκλοτερὲς μέγα τόξον ἔτεινε Il.4.124
; (anap.); ἐξ ἄντυγος ἡνία τείνας having tied the reins tight to the chariot-rail, Il.5.262; ναὸς πόδα τείνας keeping the sheet taut, S.Ant. 716;κάλων τείνας οὔριον εὐφροσυνᾶν IG14.793
;οἱ ἀπείρως κατ' εὐθὺ τείνοντες Sor.1.73
; τῷ ψιμύθῳ.. παρειήν make it (look) full, AP11.374 (Maced.):—[voice] Med., τείνατο τόξα stretched his bow, A.R.2.1043, cf. Orph.A. 589; of tendons, etc., Gal. 18(2).58, al.:—[voice] Pass., [ἱμὰς] ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος.. τέτατο [the strap] was made tight, Il.3.372; ; τέταθ' ἱστία were stretched taut, Od.11.11.2 metaph., stretch or strain, ἶσον τείνειεν πολέμου τέλος strain the issue of war even, Il.20.101:—[voice] Pass., , 15.413, cf. Hes.Th. 638; τέτατο κρατερὴ ὑσμίνη the fight was strained, was intense, Il.17.543; ἵπποισι τάθη δρόμος their pace was strained to the utmost, 23.375; τοῖσι δ' ἀπὸ νύσσης τέτατο δρόμος they set off at full speed from the starting-line, ib. 758, Od.8.121: τ. αὐδάν strain the voice, raise it high, A.Pers. 574 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass. also, exert oneself, be anxious, Pi.I.1.49;ἀμφ' ἀρεταῖς Id.P.11.54
.3 stretch out, spread,ὅτε τε Ζεὺς λαίλαπα τείνῃ Il.16.365
; ἐπὶ νὺξ τέταται βροτοῖσι night is spread over them, Od.11.19;ἀὴρ τέταται μακάρων ἐπὶ ἔργοις Hes.Op. 549
; of light,αἴγλαν ἃ τέταται S.Ph. 831
(lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 616b; of sound,ἀμφὶ νῶτ' ἐτάθη πάταγος S.Ant. 124
(lyr.); δίκτυα τ. X.Cyn. 6.9;ψυχὴν διὰ παντός Pl.Ti. 34b
.b Gramm., lengthen a syllable, A.D.Pron.55.1:—[voice] Pass., ib.27.25, cf. 11.1 fin.4 aim at, direct towards a point, prop. from the bow,ἐπὶ Τροίᾳ τ. τὰ θεῶν ἀμάχητα βέλη S.Ph. 198
(anap.): metaph., ἔς τινα τ. φόνον aim, design death to one, E.Hec. 263 (but τ. φόνον prolong murder, Id.Supp. 672); τ. λόγον :—[voice] Pass.,ἐς σὲ τ. γλῶσσα E.Rh. 875
;ἡ ἅμιλλα τέταται πρὸς τοῦτο Pl.Phdr. 271a
, cf. Lg. 770d, R. 581b.II stretch out in length, lay, ζυγὰ ἐπιπολῆς τ. Hdt.2.96:—[voice] Pass., lie out at length, lie stretched,ἐπὶ γαίῃ κεῖτο ταθείς Il.13.655
; ἐν κονίῃσι τετάσθην, τέταντο, 4.536, 544; ταθεὶς ἐνὶ δεσμῷ hanging stretched in chains, Od.22.200; [φάσγανον] ὑπὸ λαπάρην τέτατο hung along or by his side, Il.22.307; διὰ.. αἰθέρος.. τέταται extends, Emp.135, cf. 100.2;τῶν ἐκ τῆς χώρας λεωφόρων εἰς τὴν πόλιν τεταμένων Pl.Lg. 763c
;φλὲψ.. διὰ τοῦ κοίλου τείνεται Arist.HA 513b3
: τεταμένος sts. becomes a mere Adj., long, αὐχένα.. τεταμένον τῇ φύσει, of birds, Id.PA 692b20; in Gramm., of a long vowel, PBouriant 8 i 1, 14.2 stretch or hold out, present,τινὰ ἐπὶ σφαγάν E.Or. 1494
(lyr.); ἀσπίδα, δόρυ, AP7.147 (Arch.), 720 (Chaerem.); τὴν χεῖρά τινι or ἐπί τι, A.R. 4.107, 1049:—[voice] Med., τείνεσθαι χέρε, γυῖα, δειρήν, one's hands, etc., Theoc.21.48, A.R.1.1009, 4.127, etc.;συὸς τέκος Id.4.705
; ἑανούς ib. 1155.3 extend, lengthen, of Time,τὸν μακρὸν τ. βίον A. Pr. 537
(lyr.), cf. E.Med. 670; ;τόνδ' ἐτεινάτην λόγον A.Ch. 510
;μακροὺς τ. λόγους E.Hec. 1177
; τί μάτην τείνουσι βοήν; (where others interpr. it like τ. αὐδάν, v. supr. 1.2) Id.Med. 201 (anap.);πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφὴ.. μακρὰν ἔτεινας A.Ag. 1296
, cf. S.Aj. 1040.B intr., of geographical position, stretch out or extend, παρ' ἣν (sc. λίμνην)τὸ.. ὄρος τείνει Hdt.2.6
; τὸ πρὸς Λιβύης.. ὄρος ἄλλο τείνει ib.8;τ. μέχρι.. Id.4.38
;ἐς.. Id.7.113
;ἐπὶ.. X.Ages.2.17
; of a dress, ὑπὸ σφυροῖσι τ. E.Ba. 936; of a mountain, ὑψόθι τ. A.R.2.354: of Time, ἡμερολεγδὸν τείνοντα χρόνον dragging out time, A.Pers.64 (anap.):—rarely so in [voice] Pass.,ὄρος τεταμένον τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον Hdt.2.8
.II exert oneself, struggle,ἐναντία τισί Pl.R. 492d
; press on, hasten,οἱ δ' ἔτεινον ἐς πύλας E.Supp. 720
;δηλοῖ τοὖργον, οἷ τ. χρεών Id.Or. 1129
;τὸ μὴ τείνειν ἄγαν S.Ant. 711
;τ. ὥς τινα Ar.Th. 1205
;ἔτεινον ἄνω πρὸς τὸ ὄρος X.An.4.3.21
;εὐθὺ Βαβυλῶνος Luc.Nec.6
;τὴν ἐπὶ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ Id.Icar.22
.III extend to, reach,ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Tht. 186c
; ; of the veins stretching from one point to another, Arist.HA 492a20, 513a2, al., cf. Pl.Ti. 65c, Diog.Apoll.6.2 tend, refer, belong to, τείνει ἐς σέ it refers to, concerns you, Hdt.6.109, cf. 7.135, E.Ph. 435, Hipp. 797, etc.; ποῖ τείνει καὶ εἰς τί; to what does it tend? Pl.Cri. 47c, cf. Tht. 163a, D.10.54;μηδαμόσε ἄλλοσε Pl.R. 499a
; , Prt. 345b; .3 τείνειν πρός τινα or τι, come near to, to be like, Id.Tht. 169b, Cra. 402c;ἐγγύς τι τείνειν τοῦ τεθνάναι Id.Phd. 65a
, cf. R. 548d. (Cf. τανύω, Skt. tanóti 'stretch', Lat. tendo, etc.) -
7 δίδωμι
δίδωμι (Hom.+) by-form διδῶ (B-D-F §94, 1; Rob. 311f) Rv 3:9 (δίδω Tregelles, δίδωμι v.l.), 3 sg. διδοῖ (GrBar 7:2), 3 pl. διδόασι; impf. 3 sg. ἐδίδου, ἐδίδει (Hs 6, 2, 7; cp. Mk 4:8 cod. W), 3 pl. ἐδίδουν, ἐδίδοσαν J 19:3; ptc. διδῶν (Hs 8, 3, 3); fut. δώσω; 1 aor. ἔδωκα, subj. 3 sg. δώσῃ J 17:2; Rv 8:3 v.l. (on this W-S.§14, 9; B-D-F §95, 1; Rob. 308f), 1 pl. δώσωμεν Mk 6:37 v.l., 3 pl. δώσωσιν Rv 4:9 v.l.; pf. δέδωκα; plpf. ἐδεδώκειν (and without augm. δεδώκειν Mk 14:44; Lk 19:15; J 11:57); 2 aor. subj. 3 sg. δῷ J 15:16 (δώῃ v.l.); also in the form δώῃ Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 (in both δῷ as v.l.): in all these cases read δώῃ subj., not δῴη opt., s. below; δοῖ Mk 8:37 (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 55; Rdm.2 97f and Glotta 7, 1916, 21ff; GKilpatrick in Festschrift JSchmid ’63, 135), pl. δῶμεν, δῶτε, δῶσιν; 2 aor. opt. 3 sg. Hellenist. (also LXX) δῴη for δοίη Ro 15:5; 2 Th 3:16; 2 Ti 1:16, 18 (on Eph 1:17; 2 Ti 2:25 s. above); 2 aor. impv. δός, δότε, inf. δοῦναι, ptc. δούς; pf. δέδωκα LXX. Pass.: 1 fut. δοθήσομαι (W-S. §14, 8ff); 1 aor. ἐδόθην; pf. δέδομαι.① to give as an expression of generosity, give, donate as a gen. principle: μακάριόν ἐστιν μᾶλλον διδόναι ἢ λαμβάνειν it is more blessed to give than to receive Ac 20:35 (Theophyl. Sim., Ep. 42 τὸ διδόναι ἢ τὸ λαβεῖν οἰκειότερον); cp. 1 Cl 2:1; Hm 2:4ff (the contrast δίδωμι … λαμβάνω is frequently found: Epicharmus, Fgm. 273 Kaibel; Com. Fgm. Adesp. 108, 4 K.; Maximus Tyr. 32, 10c ὀλίγα δούς, μεγάλα ἔλαβες; Sir 14:16; Tat. 29, 2).—On the logion Ac 20:35 s. Unknown Sayings 77–81: giving is blessed, not receiving (cp. EHaenchen on Ac 20:35; Aristot., EN 4, 3, 26; Plut., Mor. 173d). S. μᾶλλον 3c. δὸς τοῖς πτωχοῖς give to the poor Mt 19:21 (HvonCampenhausen, Tradition u. Leben ’60, 114–56). τινὶ ἔκ τινος give someone some (of a substance: Tob 4:16; Ezk 48:12) Mt 25:8. S. also 7:11; 14:7.② to give someth. out, give, bestow, grant δ. δακτύλιον εἰς τὴν χεῖρα put a ring on the finger Lk 15:22 (cp. Esth 3:10—δίδωμί τι εἰς τ. χεῖρα also Aristoph., Nub. 506; Herodas 3, 70). give τινί τι someth. to someone τὸ ἅγιον τοῖς κυσίν Mt 7:6 (Ps.-Lucian, Asin. 33 τὰ ἔγκατα τοῖς κυσὶ δότε).—A certificate of divorce to one’s wife 5:31 (Dt 24:1; conversely of the wife Just., A II, 2, 6 ῥεπούδιον δοῦσα); without dat. 19:7. Of bread (w. dat. or acc. somet. to be supplied fr. the context) 26:26f; Mk 2:26; 14:22; Lk 6:4; 11:7f; 22:19; J 21:13 (difft. Mt 14:19; 15:36; Mk 6:41; 8:6 the disciples transfer to others what they have received). W. inf. foll. δ. τινὶ φαγεῖν give someone someth. to eat Mt 14:16; 25:35, 42; Mk 5:43; 6:37; J 6:31 al. (cp. Gen 28:20; Ex 16:8, 15; Lev 10:17); someth. to drink Mt 27:34; Mk 15:23; J 4:7; Rv 16:6 (Hdt. 4, 172, 4; Aristoph., Pax 49; Jos., Ant. 2, 64; schol. on Nicander, Alexiph. 146 δὸς πιεῖν τί τινι, without dat. 198; PGM 13, 320 δὸς πεῖν[=πιεῖν]; Jos., Ant. 2, 64).—τὰς ῥάβδους GJs 9:1.—Lk 15:29 (Hipponax 43 Deg.).③ to express devotion, give δόξαν δ. θεῷ give God the glory, i.e. praise, honor, thanks (Josh 7:19; Ps 67:35; 1 Esdr 9:8; 2 Ch 30:8 and oft.) Lk 17:18; J 9:24 (practically=promise under oath to tell the truth); Ac 12:23 al. δόξαν καὶ τιμήν (2 Ch 32:33) give glory and honor Rv 4:9. Through a sacrificial offering θυσίαν δ. bring an offering Lk 2:24 (cp. Jos., Ant. 7, 196 θυσίαν ἀποδοῦναι τ. θεῷ).④ to cause to happen, esp. in ref. to physical phenomena, produce, make, cause, give fig. extension of mng. 1 ὑετὸν δ. (3 Km 17:14; Job 5:10; Zech 10:1; PsSol 5:9) yield rain Js 5:18; send rain Ac 14:17. τέρατα cause wonders to appear Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3). Of heavenly bodies φέγγος δ. give light, shine Mt 24:29; Mk 13:24 (cp. Is 13:10). Of a musical instrument φωνὴν δ. (cp. Ps 17:14; 103:12; Jdth 14:9; Pind., N. 5, 50b [93]) produce a sound 1 Cor 14:7f.⑤ to put someth. in care of another, entrustⓐ of things entrust τινί τι someth. to someone money Mt 25:15; Lk 19:13, 15; the keys of the kgdm. Mt 16:19; perh. Lk 12:48. W. εἰς τὰς χεῖρας added J 13:3 (cp. Gen 39:8; Is 22:21; 29:12 al.) or ἐν τῇ χειρί τινος 3:35 (cp. Jdth 9:9; Da 1:2; 7:25 Theod.; 1 Macc 2:7). Of spiritual things J 17:8, 14; Ac 7:38.ⓑ of pers. τινά τινι entrust someone to another’s care J 6:37, 39; 17:6, 9, 12, 24; Hb 2:13 (Is 8:18).ⓐ of payment pay, give τινί τι Mt 20:4; 26:15; 28:12; Mk 14:11; Lk 22:5; Rv 11:18. Fig. repay someone (Mélanges Nicole, var. contributors, JNicole Festschr. 1905, p. 246 [HvanHerwerden=PLips 40 III, 3 p. 129] λίθῳ δέδωκεν τῷ υἱῷ μου; Ps 27:4) Rv 2:23. Of taxes, tribute, rent, etc. τινὶ ἀπό τινος pay rent of someth. Lk 20:10 (cp. 1 Esdr 6:28). τὶ pay (up), give someth. Mt 16:26; 27:10; Mk 8:37; δ. κῆνσον, φόρον καίσαρι pay tax to the emperor (Jos., Bell. 2, 403) Mt 22:17; Mk 12:14; Lk 20:22. Of inheritance pay out a portion of property Lk 15:12.ⓑ as commercial t.t. for bookkeeping λόγον δ. render account (POxy 1281, 9 [21 A.D.]; PStras 32, 9 δότω λόγον; cp. Phil 4:15) Ro 14:12.ⓒ of a bank deposit, equivalent to τιθέναι put, place, deposit ἀργύριον ἐπὶ τράπεζαν put money in the bank Lk 19:23.⑦ appoint to special responsibility, appoint (Num 14:4) κριτάς judges Ac 13:20; w. double acc. appoint someone someth. (PLille 28, II [III B.C.] αὐτοῖς ἐδώκαμεν μεσίτην Δωρίωνα) τοὺϚ μὲν ἀποστόλους some (to be) apostles Eph 4:11. τινὰ κεφαλήν make someone head 1:22. Also δ. τινὰ εἴς τι B 14:7 (Is 42:6).⑧ to cause someth. to happen, give (Philo, Leg. All. 3, 106 δ. χρόνον εἰς μετάνοιαν) δ. γνῶσιν σωτηρίας= to give (his people) knowledge of salvation = to tell (his people) how to be saved Lk 1:77.⑨ to bear as a natural product, yield, produce of a field and its crops καρπὸν δ. yield fruit (Ps 1:3) Mt 13:8; Mk 4:7f; fig. ἔδωκεν μοὶ Κύριος καρπὸν δικαιοσύνης αὐτοῦ GJs 6:3 (Pr 11:30).⑩ to dedicate oneself for some purpose or cause, give up, sacrifice τὸ σῶμά μου τὸ ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διδόμενον my body, given up for you Lk 22:19 (cp. Thu. 2, 43, 2; Libanius, Declam. 24, 23 Förster οἱ ἐν Πύλαις ὑπὲρ ἐλευθερίας τ. Ἑλλήνων δεδωκότες τὰ σώματα; of Menas δ. ἀπροφασίστως ἑαυτόν ‘gave of himself unstintingly’ OGI 339, 19f; Danker, Benefactor 321–23; for use of δ. in a testamentary context cp. Diog. L. 5, 72); ἑαυτὸν (τὴν ψυχὴν) δ. give oneself up, sacrifice oneself (ref. in Nägeli 56; 1 Macc 6:44; 2:50) w. dat. 2 Cor 8:5. λύτρον ἀντι πολλῶν give oneself up as a ransom for many Mt 20:28; Mk 10:45 (ἀντί 3). Also ἀντίλυτρον ὑπέρ τινος 1 Ti 2:6. ὐπέρ τινος for or because of a person or thing J 10:15 v.l.; Gal 1:4; Tit 2:14; AcPl Ha 8, 24 (on the form of these passages s. KRomaniuk, NovT 5, ’62, 55–76). ἑαυτὸν δ. τῷ θανάτῳ ISm 4:2 (cp. Just., A I, 21, 2 πυρί); δ. ἑαυτὸν εἰς τὸ θηρίον face the beast Hv 4, 1, 8.⑪ to cause (oneself) to go, go, venture somewhere (cp. our older ‘betake oneself’) (Polyb. 5, 14, 9; Diod S 5, 59, 4; 14, 81, 2; Jos., Ant. 7, 225; 15, 244) εἰς τὸ θέατρον Ac 19:31; εἰς τὴν ἔρημον GJs 1:4.⑫ to use an oracular device, draw/cast lots Ac 1:26.⑬ to grant by formal action, grant, allow, freq. of God (cp. 7 above) ἐξουσίαν δ. (Hippol., Ref. 5, 26, 21 grant someone the power or authority, give someone the right, etc. (cp. TestJob 20:3; Jos., Ant. 2, 90, Vi. 71) Mt 9:8; 28:18; 2 Cor 13:10; Rv 9:3; 1 Cl 61:1; τοῦ πατεῖν ἐπάνω τινός tread on someth. Lk 10:19. τὴν σοφίαν τοῦ γράψαι τὴν ἱστορίαν ταύτην the ability to write this account GJs 25:1. ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς δύναμιν καὶ ἐξουσίαν ἐπί Lk 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 30, 3 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ δύναμιν). ταῦτά σοι πάντα δώσω i.e. put them under your control Mt 4:9 of the devil. Simple δ. w. inf. (Appian, Liby. 19 §78 ἢν [=ἐὰν] ὁ θεὸς δῷ ἐπικρατῆσαι 106 §499) δέδοται it is given, granted to someone γνῶναι τὰ μυστήρια to know the secrets Mt 13:11; cp. ἡ δοθεῖσα αὐτῷ γνῶσις B 9:8 (Just., D. 7, 3 εἰ μή τῳ θεός δῷ συνιέναι) ἔδωκεν ζωὴν ἔχειν he has granted (the privilege) of having life J 5:26. μετὰ παρρησίας λαλεῖν to speak courageously Ac 4:29 and oft. Rather freq. the inf. is to be supplied fr. the context (Himerius, Or. 38 [4], 8 εἰ θεὸς διδοίη=if God permits) οἷς δέδοται sc. χωρεῖν Mt 19:11. ἦν δεδομένον σοι sc. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. W. acc. and inf. foll. (Appian, Mithrid. 11, §37; Heliodorus 5, 12, 2 δώσεις με πιστεύειν) οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν you will not permit your holy one to see corruption Ac 2:27; 13:35 (both Ps 15:10). ἔδωκεν αὐτὸν ἐμφανῆ γενέσθαι granted that he should be plainly seen 10:40. δὸς … ῥαγήναι τὰ δέσμα grant that our chains be broken AcPl Ha 3,11f. Pregnant constr.: grant, order (Diod S 9, 12, 2 διδ. λαβεῖν=permit to; 19, 85, 3 τὶ=someth.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 125 §524 ὁ καιρὸς ἐδίδου=the opportunity permitted; Biogr. p. 130 ἐδίδου θάπτειν τ. ἄνδρα) ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα μὴ ἀποκτείνωσιν orders were given them not to kill Rv 9:5; cp. 19:8.—Of an oath w. double inf. Lk 1:73f. S. also 17 below.⑮ give up, someth. that has been under one’s control for a relatively long time, give up, give back ἡ θάλασσα τ. νεκρούς the sea gave up its dead Rv 20:13.⑯ to proffer someth., extend, offer χεῖρα hold out one’s hand (to someone) Ac 9:41 (cp. 1 Macc 6:58; 2 Macc 12:11; Jos., Bell. 6, 318). (τὸν) μαστὸν τῇ παῖδι GJs 5:2; 6:3.⑰ In many phrases this word relates to an activity or an abstract object, and with tr. freq. determined by the noun object; cp. 13 above.ⓐ of humans: of a plan conceived in a meeting give counsel or advice: δ. for ποιεῖν (cp. κατά A2b β and s. s.v. συμβούλιον), which is read by some mss., in συμβούλιον δ. conspired (against Jesus) Mk 3:6. ἀφορμὴν δ. give an occasion (for someth.) 2 Cor 5:12; Hm 4, 1, 11; μαρτυρίαν δ. give testimony 1 Cl 30:7; δ. τὸ μαρτύριον bear witness AcPl Ha 4, 28; γνώμην δ. give an opinion 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 8:10; ἐγκοπὴν δ. cause a hindrance 1 Cor 9:12; ἐντολὴν δ. command, order J 11:57; 12:49; 1J 3:23; ἐντολὴν καινὴν δ. give a new commandment J 13:34; εὔσημον λόγον δ. speak plainly or intelligibly 1 Cor 14:9; παραγγελίαν δ. give an instruction 1 Th 4:2; δ. τὴν ἐν [κυρίῳ σφραγίδα] seal in the Lord AcPl Ha 11, 23 (restored after the Coptic); προσκοπὴν δ. put an obstacle in (someone’s) way 2 Cor 6:3; δ. ἐκδίκησιν take vengeance 2 Th 1:8; ῥάπισμα δ. τινί slap someone J 18:22; 19:3; σημεῖον δ. give a sign Mt 26:48; τόπον δ. τινί make room for someone (Plut., Gai. Gracch. 840 [13, 3]) Lk 14:9; fig. leave room for Ro 12:19 (cp. τόπος 4); Eph 4:27. ὑπόδειγμα δ. give an example J 13:15; φίλημα δ. τινί give someone a kiss Lk 7:45.—δὸς ἐργασίαν Lk 12:58 is prob. a Latinism=da operam take pains, make an effort (B-D-F §5, 3b note 9; Rob. 109), which nevertheless penetrated the popular speech (OGI 441, 109 [senatorial decree 81 B.C.]; POxy 742, 11 [colloq. letter 2 B.C.] δὸς ἐργασίαν; PMich 203, 7; 466, 33f [Trajan]; PGiss 11, 16 [118 A.D.]; PBrem 5, 8 [117/119 A.D.]).ⓑ esp. oft. of God (Hom. et al.) and Christ: give, grant, impose (of punishments etc.), send, of gifts, peace τινί τι Eph 4:8; 1 Cl 60:4; τινί τινος give someone some of a thing Rv 2:17. Also τινὶ ἔκ τινος 1J 4:13. τὶ εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:8 (Ezk 37:14); εἰς τὰς καρδίας put into the hearts Rv 17:17 (cp. X., Cyr. 8, 2, 20 δ. τινί τι εἰς ψυχήν). Also ἐν τ. καρδίαις δ. (cp. ἐν 3) 2 Cor 1:22; 8:16 (cp. Ezk 36:27). εἰς τὴν διάνοιαν Hb 8:10 (Jer 38: 33); ἐπὶ καρδίας Hb 10:16 (δ. ἐπί w. acc. as Jer 6:21, and s. Jer 38:33 ἐπὶ καρδίας αὐτῶν γράψω). W. ἵνα foll. grant that Mk 10:37.—The pass. occurs very oft. in this sense (Plut., Mor. 265d; 277e) Lk 8:10; Rv 6:4; 7:2; 13:7, 14f and oft. ἐκδίκησιν διδόναι τινί inflict punishment on someone 2 Th 1:8; βασανισμὸν καὶ πένθος δ. τινί send torment and grief upon someone Rv 18:7; ὄνομα δ. GJs 6:2, χάριν δ. (Jos., Bell. 7, 325) Js 4:6; 1 Pt 5:5 (both Pr 3:34); GJs 14:2; υἱοθεσίαν AcPl Ha 2, 28; 9,12; ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 2, 30f; μεγαλεῖα 6,13. W. gen. foll. over someone Mt 10:1; Mk 6:7; J 17:2.—B. 749. Schmidt, Syn. 193–203. DELG. M-M. TW. -
8 ἔχω
ἔχω (A), [ per.] 2sg. ἔχεισθα cj. in Thgn. 1316 ( ἔχοισθα cod.), ἔχῃσθα cj. in Sapph.21 ( ἔχεισθα cod.); [ per.] 2sg. subj.Aἔχῃσθα Il.19.180
: [tense] impf. εἶχον, [dialect] Ep.ἔχον Od.2.22
, al., [dialect] Ion. and poet.ἔχεσκον Il.13.257
, Hdt.6.12, Epigr.Gr.988.6 ([place name] Balbilla): [tense] fut. ἕξω, [dialect] Ep. inf.ἑξέμεναι Call.Aet.3.1.27
(of duration) or σχήσω (of momentary action, esp. in sense check, v. infr. A. 11.9, not found in [dialect] Att. Inscrr. or NT); [ per.] 2sg. codd.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔσχης α f.l.in Nonn.D.17.177, alsoἔσχα IG3.1363.6
, 14.1728, [ per.] 3pl. μετ-έσχαν ib.12(7).271.12 (Amorgos, iii A.D.): [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον, imper. , E.Hipp. 1353 (anap.) ( σχέ only in Orac. ap. Sch.E.Ph. 638 (dub.l.), sts. in compds. in codd., as , ); subj.σχῶ Il.21.309
, etc.; opt.σχοίην Isoc. 1.45
, in compds. σχοῖμι (asμετάσχοιμι S.OC 1484
(lyr.),κατάσχοιμεν Th.6.11
); [ per.] 3pl.σχοίησαν Hyp.Eux.32
,σχοῖεν Th.6.33
; inf.σχεῖν Il. 16.520
, etc., [dialect] Ep.σχέμεν 8.254
(in Alexandr. Gr. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] impf. and [tense] aor. 2εἴχοσαν AP5.208
(Posidipp. or Asclep.), v.l. in Ev.Jo.15.22,ἔσχοσαν Scymn.695
): for the poet. form ἔσχεθον, v. Σχέθω: [tense] pf. , εἴσχηκα in Inscrr. of iii/i B.C., SIG679.54, etc.; [dialect] Ep. ὄχωκα is dub., v. συνόχωκα:—[voice] Med., [tense] impf.εἰχόμην Pi.P.4.244
, etc.: [tense] fut.ἕξομαι Il.9.102
, etc.; σχήσομαι ib. 235, Ar.Av. 1335, more freq. in compds. ( ἀνα-) A.Th. 252, ( παρα-) Lys.9.8, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. παρ-έσχημαι in med. sense, X.An.7.6.11, etc.: [tense] aor. 2ἐσχόμην Hom.
, Hdt.6.85, rare in [dialect] Att. exc. in compds.; imper.σχέο Il.21.379
,σχέσθε 22.416
, later σχοῦ in compds. ( ἀνά- ) E. lon947, etc.; inf.σχέσθαι Od.4.422
, Hes.Fr.79:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. [voice] Med. ἐν-έξομαι in pass. sense, E.Or. 516, D.51.11, laterσχεθήσομαι Gal.UP15.3
, freq. in compds. (συ- ) Phld.Ir.p.83 W., (ἐν- ) Plu.2.98 of, ( ἐπι-) S.E.P.1.186: [tense] aor. 1ἐσχέθην Arr.An.5.7.4
, 6.11.2, Aret.SA2.5, (κατ-, συν-) Plu.Sol. 21, Hp.Int. 45 vulg.: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σχήσομαι in pass. sense, Il.9.235 (dub.), 655, 13.630: [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Med. in pass. sense,ἐσχόμην Il.17.696
, al., Hdt. 1.31 (σχέτο Il.7.248
, 21.345), part.σχόμενος Od.11.279
, prob. in Isoc.19.11, ( κατα-) Pi.P.1.10, Pl.Phdr. 244e, Parth.33.2 (s.v.l.): [tense] pf.ἔσχημαι Paus.4.21.2
; also in compds., freq. written - ίσχημαι, -ήσχημαι in codd. of late authors. (I.-E. seĝh- (cf. Skt. sáhate 'overpower', Goth. sigis 'victory', Gr. ἔχ- dissim. fr. ἔχ-), reduced form sĝh-(σχ-), whence redupl. ἴσχω ( = si-sĝh-o) (q.v.): cf. ἕκ-τωρ, ἕξω, ἕξις; but hέχ- IG12.374.161, al., is a mere error (ἔχ- ib.12.116.4, 16).)A Trans., have, hold:I possess, of property, the most common usage, Od.2.336, 16.386, etc.; οἵ τι ἔχοντες the propertied class, Hdt.6.22; ὁ ἔχων a wealthy man, S.Aj. 157 (anap.);οἱ ἔχοντες E.Alc.57
, Ar.Eq. 1295, Pl. 596; οἱ οὐκ ἔχοντες the poor, E.Supp. 240;κακὸν τὸ μὴ 'χειν Id.Ph. 405
; ἔχειν χρέα to have debts due to one, D. 36.41, cf. 37.12; to have received,θεῶν ἄπο κάλλος ἐ. h.Ven.77
;τι ἔκ τινος S.OC 1618
;παρά τινος Id.Aj. 663
;πρός τινος X.An.7.6.33
, etc.;ὑπὸ.. θεοῖσι h.Ap. 191
; πλέον, ἔλασσον ἔ.. (v. h. vv.): in [tense] aor., acquire, get, : also [tense] fut.σχήσω, δύναμιν Th.6.6
;λέχος E.Hel.30
, cf. Pi.P.9.116:—[voice] Pass., to be possessed,ἔντεα.. μετὰ Τρώεσσιν ἔχονται Il.18.130
, cf. 197.2 keep, have charge of,ἔχον πατρώϊα ἔργα Od. 2.22
;κῆπον 4.737
;Εἰλείθυιαι.. ὠδῖνας ἔχουσαι Il.11.271
;πύλαι.., ἃς ἔχον Ὧραι 5.749
, 8.393;τὰς ἀγέλας X.Cyr.7.3.7
; διαιτητῶν ἐχόντων τὰς δίκας having control of, D.47.45; to be engaged in, φυλακὰς ἔχον kept watch, Il.9.1, 471;σκοπιὴν ἔχεν Od.8.302
;ἀλαοσκοπιὴν εἶχε Il. 10.515
, 13.10; σκοπιὴν ἔ. τινός for a thing, Hdt.5.13;δυσμενῶν θήραν ἔχων S.Aj. 564
, etc.; ἐν χερσὶν ἔ. τι (v. χείρ).b metaph., of a patient, οὐκ ἔχει ἑωυτόν is not himself, Hp.Int.49.3 c. acc. loci, inhabit,οὐρανόν Il.21.267
;Ὄλυμπον 5.890
; haunt, [Νύμφαι] ἔχουσ' ὀρέων αἰπεινὰ κάρηνα Od.6.123
;Βρόμιος ἔχει τὸν χῶρον A.Eu.24
; esp. of tutelary gods and heroes, Th.2.74, X.Cyr.8.3.24; of men,πόλιν καὶ γαῖαν Od.6.177
, 195, etc.; Θήβας ἔσχον ( ἔσχεν codd.) ruled it, E.HF 4; ἔχεις γὰρ χῶρον occupiest it, S.OC37, cf. Od.23.46; in military sense, ἔ. τὸ δεξιόν (with or without κέρας) Th.3.107, X.An.2.1.15; of beasts,τὰ ὄρη ἔ. Id.Cyn.5.12
.4 have to wife or as husband (usu. without γυναῖκα, ἄνδρα), οὕνεκ' ἔχεις Ἑλένην καί σφιν γαμβρὸς Διός ἐσσι Od. 4.569
, cf.7.313, Il.3.53, etc.;ἔσχε ἄλλην ἀδελφεήν Hdt.3.31
, cf. Th.2.29;νυμφίον Call.Aet.3.1.27
; also of a lover, Th.6.54, AP5.185 (Posidipp.), etc.;ἔχω Λαΐδα, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἔχομαι Aristipp.
ap. D.L.2.75, cf. Ath. 12.544d:—in [voice] Pass.,τοῦ περ θυγάτηρ ἔχεθ' Ἕκτορι Il.6.398
.6 [tense] pres. part. with Verbs, almost, = with,ἤϊε ἔχων ταῦτα Hdt.3.128
, cf. 2.115;ὃς ἂν ἥκῃ ἔχων στρατόν Id.7.8
.δ', cf. X.Cyr.1.6.10.—Prose use.7 of Place, ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ ἔ. τι keep it on one's left, i.e. to keep to the right of it, Od.3.171;ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρὸς ἔ. 5.277
; ἐν δεξιᾷ, ἐν ἀριστερᾷ ἔ., Th.3.106; τοὺς οἰκέτας ὑστάτους ἔ. X.Cyr.4.2.2: but in [tense] aor., get,περιπλώοντες τὴν Λιβύην τὸν ἥλιον ἔσχον ἐς τὰ δεξιά Hdt.4.42
.8 of Habits, States, or Conditions, bodily or mental,γῆρας λυγρὸν ἔ Od.24.250
;ἀνεκτὸν ἔχει κακόν 20.83
;ἕλκος Il.16.517
;λύσσαν 9.305
;μάχην ἔ. 14.57
;ἀρετῆς πέρι δῆριν ἔ. Od.24.515
; ὕβριν ἔ. indulge in.., 1.368, etc.; [ Ἀφροδίτην] 22.445; [φρένας] ἔ. Il.13.394
, etc.;βουλήν 2.344
;τλήμονα θυμόν 5.670
; , cf. Od.14.490 (for later senses of νοῦν ἔχειν, v. νοῦς); ἄλγεα Il.5.895
, etc.;ἄχεα θυμῷ 3.412
;πένθος μετὰ φρεσίν 24.105
;πένθος φρεσίν Od.7.219
;πόνον.. καὶ ὀϊζύν Il.13.2
, Od.8.529;οὐδὲν βίαιον Hdt.3.15
;πρήγματα ἔ. Id.7.147
, cf. Pl.Tht. 174b, etc.: in periphrastic phrases, ποθὴν ἔ. τινός, = ποθεῖν, Il.6.362; ἐπιδευὲς ἔ. τινός, = ἐπιδεύεσθαι, 19.180; ἔ. τέλος, = τελεῖσθαι, 18.378; κότον ἔ. τινί, = κοτεῖσθαι, 13.517;ἐπιθυμίαν τινός E.Andr. 1281
;φροντίδα τινός Id.Med. 1301
; ἡσυχίην ἔ. keep quiet, Hdt.2.45, etc. ([tense] fut.ἡσυχίαν ἕξειν D.47.29
, but οὐκ ἔσθ' ὅπως.. ἡ. σχήσει will not keep still for a moment, Id.1.14); αἰτίαν ἔ. to be accused, X.An.7.1.8;ὑπό τινος A.Eu.99
(but μομφὴν ἔ., = μέμφεσθαι, E.Or. 1069, A.Pr. 445): in [tense] aor., of entering upon a state, ἔσχεν χόλον conceived anger, B. 5.104; ἔχειν τι κατά τινος have something against somebody, Ev.Matt.5.23, Ev.Marc.11.25, Apoc.2.4;ἔχω τι πρός τινα Act.Ap.24.19
;ἔχειν πρός τινα 2 Ep.Cor.5.12
;ἕξει πρὸς τὸν Θεόν JRS14.85
([place name] Laodicea): —these phrases are freq. inverted,οὓς ἔχε γῆρας Il.18.515
;οὐδὲ Ποσειδάωνα γέλως ἔχε Od.8.344
;ἀμηχανίη δ' ἔχε θυμόν 9.295
;θάμβος δ' ἔχεν εἰσορόωντας Il.4.79
;σ' αὔτως κλέος ἐσθλὸν ἔχει 17.143
;Διὸς αἴσῃ, ἥ μ' ἕξει παρὰ νηυσί 9.609
(unless the antecedent is τιμῆς in 1.608);ὥς σφεας ἡσυχίη τῆς πολιορκίης ἔσχε Hdt.6.135
;ὄφρα με βίος ἔχῃ S.El. 225
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc.,φόβος μ' ἔχει φρένας A.Supp. 379
; also of external objects,αἴθρη ἔχει κορυφήν Od.12.76
;μιν ἔχεν μένος ἠελίοιο 10.160
;σε οἶνος ἔχει φρένας 18.331
; ἔχῃ βέλος ὀξὺ γυναῖκα, of a woman in travail, Il.11.269; λόγος ἔχει τινά c. inf., the story goes, that.., S.OC 1573 (lyr.); and so in later Gr., Plu.Dem.28, Ph. 1.331, Ael.VH3.14, NA5.42, Ath.13.592e;ὡς ἡ φάτις μιν ἔχει Hdt. 7.3
, cf. 5,26, 9.78 (but also ; [Κλεισθένης] λόγον ἔχει τὴν Πυθίην ἀναπεῖσαι Id.5.66
); ὡς ἂν λόγος ἔχῃ πρὸς ἀνθρώπους, ὅτι .. Plu.Alex.38:—[voice] Pass.,ἔχεσθαι κακότητι καὶ ἄλγεσι Od.8.182
;κωκυτῷ καὶ οἰμωγῇ Il.22.409
;ὀργῇ Hdt.1.141
;νούσῳ Hp.Epid.5.6
;ἀγρυπνίῃσι Hdt.3.129
;ὑπὸ πυρετοῦ Hp.Aph.4.34
;ὑπὸ τοῦ ὕδρωπος Id.Prorrh.2.6
,ἐν ἀπόρῳ Th.1.25
;ἐν συμφοραῖς Pl.R. 395e
.9 possess mentally, understand,ἵππων δμῆσιν Il.17.476
; ;πάντ' ἔχεις λόγον A. Ag. 582
, cf. E.Alc.51;ἔχετε τὸ πρᾶγμα S.Ph. 789
; ἔχεις τι; do you understand? Ar.Nu. 733: imper. ἔχε attend! listen! Pl.Alc.1.109b; ἔ. οὖν ib. 129b: with imper., ;ἔ. νυν, ἄλειψον Id.Eq. 490
; ἔχεις τοῦτο ἰσχυρῶς; Pl.Tht. 154a; know of a thing,μαντικῆς ὁδόν S.OT 311
; τινὰ σωτηρίαν; E.Or. 778 (troch.).10 keep up, maintain, καναχὴν ἔχε made a rattling noise, Il.16.105, 794; βοὴν ἔχον, of flutes and lyres, 18.495.11 involve, admit of, , cf. Th.1.5;βάσανον Lys.12.31
;ταῦτ' ἀπιστίαν, ταῦτ' ὀργὴν ἔχει D.10.44
; ἀγανάκτησιν, κατάμεμψιν, Th.2.41;τὰ ἀόρατα νοσήματα δυσχερεστέραν ἔχει τὴν θεραπείαν Onos. 1.15
.12 of Measure or Value,τὸ Δαμαρέτειον.. εἶχε Ἀττικὰς δραχμὰς δέκα D.S.11.26
;ἔχει τὸ Εὐβοϊκὸν τάλαντον Ἀλεξανδρείους δραχμὰς ἑπτακισχιλίας App.Sic.2.2
;χοῖρος ἔχων τὸ ὕψος δύο καὶ ἡμίσους πήχεων Ptol.Euerg.9
.b Geom., ἡ ἔχουσα τὰ κέντρα the (straight line) containing the centres, Archim.Aequil.1.6; ὁ κύκλος ἔχων τὸ πολύγωνον the circle containing (circumscribing) the polygon, Id.Sph.Cyl.1.23.13 c. dupl.acc.,Ὀρφέα ἄνακτ' ἔχειν E.Hipp. 953
;Ζῆν' ἔχειν ἐπώμοτον S.Tr. 1188
;παιδιὰν ἔ. τὸν ἐκείνου θάνατον Seleuc.
Alex. ap. Ath.4.155e.II hold:1 hold, ἔ. χερσίν, ἐν χερσίν, μετὰ χερσίν, etc., v. χείρ; μετὰ γαμφηλῇσιν ἔ. Il.13.200; πρόσθεν ἔ. ἀσπίδα ib. 157; ὑψοῦ, πασάων ὑπέρ, ὄπιθεν κάρη ἔ., 6.509, Od.6.107, Il. 23.136; ἔ. τινί τι to hold it for him, as his helper, 9.209, 13.600; uphold,οὐρανὸν.. κεφαλῇ τε καὶ ἀκαμάτῃσι χέρεσσι Hes.Th. 517
, 746; ἔχει δέ τε κίονας of Atlas, Od.1.53;ἐπ' ὤμων πατέρα S.Fr.
373.2 hold fast, χειρὸς ἔχων Μενέλαον holding him by the hand, Il.4.154, cf. 16.763, 11.488 (v. infr. C.I); ἔ. τινὰ μέσον grip one by the middle, of wrestlers, Ar.Nu. 1047;ἔχομαι μέσος Id.Ach. 571
, cf. Eq. 388, Ra. 469: metaph., ἔ. φρεσί keep in one's mind, Il.2.33;νῷ ἔ. τινά Pl.Euthphr.2b
, cf. R. 490a.3 of arms and clothes, bear, wear,εἷμα δ' ἔχ' ἀμφ' ὤμοισι Il.18.538
, cf. 595;παρδαλέην ὤμοισιν ἔ. 3.17
;σάκος ὤμῳ 14.376
;κυνέην κεφαλῇ Od.24.231
;τάδε εἵματ' ἔχω 17.24
, cf. 573, etc.;στολὴν ἀμφὶ σῶμα E.Hel. 554
, cf. X.Cyr.1.4.26, etc.; πολιὰς ἔχω I am grey-haired, Aeschin.1.49: abs., as a category, Arist.Cat. 2a3.4 of a woman, to be pregnant, Hdt.5.41, Hp.Epid.4.21, Arist.Pol. 1335b18; in fullἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. Hdt.3.32
; alsoπρὸς ἑωυτῇ ἔχειν Hp.Epid.1.26
.ιγ.b παῖδα ἔσχεν she had, i.e. bore, a child, Nic.Dam.11 J.7 enclose,φρένες ἧπαρ ἔχουσι Od.9.301
;σάρκας τε καὶ ὀστέα ἶνες ἔ. 11.219
;τοὺς δ' ἄκραντος ἔχει νύξ A.Ch.65
(lyr.); of places, contain,θηρῶν οὓς ὅδ' ἔχει χῶρος S.Ph. 1147
(lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.5.4; [τεῖχος] νῆας ἐντὸς ἔχον Il.12.8
;ὅσσους Κρήτη ἐντὸς ἔχει h.Ap.30
.8 hold or keep in a certain direction, ὀϊστὸν ἔχε aimed it, Il.23.871; more fullyχεῖράς τε καὶ ἔγχεα.. ἀντίον ἀλλήλων 5.569
; of horses or ships, guide, drive, steer, , cf. 11.760;φόβονδε 8.139
;τῇ ῥα.. ἔχον ἵππους 5.752
, etc.;παρὲξ ἔχε δίφρον Hes.Sc. 352
;ὅπῃ ἔσχες.. εὐεργέα νῆα Od.9.279
;παρὰ τὴν ἤπειρον ἔ. νέας Hdt.6.95
, etc.: abs., τῇ ῥ' ἔχε that way he held his course, Il.16.378, cf. 23.422; Πύλονδ' ἔχον I held on to Pylos, Od.3.182, cf. S.El. 720: metaph.,ἐπὶ ῥητορείαν ἔσχε Hsch.Mil.
(?)ap.Sch.Pl.R. 600c; also (esp. in [tense] fut. σχήσω, [tense] aor. 2 ἔσχον), put in, land,νέες ἔσχον ἐς τὴν Ἀργολίδα χώρην Hdt. 6.92
;σχεῖν πρὸς τὴν Σαλαμῖνα Id.8.40
; ἐς Φειάν, τῷ Δήλῳ, κατὰ τὸ Ποσειδώνιον, Th.2.25,3.29, 4.129;τάχ' οὖν τις ἄκων ἔσχε S.Ph. 305
; ποῖ σχήσειν δοκεῖς; Ar.Ra. 188; ἔχε.. ἀρὰν ἐπ' ἄλλοις point it against others, S.Ph. 1119 (lyr.); ὄμμ' ἔ. to turn or keep one's eye fixed, Id.Aj. 191 (lyr.);ἐπὶ ἔργῳ θυμὸν ἔ. Hes.Op. 445
;ἄλλοσ' ὄμμα θητέρᾳ δὲ νοῦν ἔ. S.Tr. 272
;τὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐκεῖσ' ἔχει E.Ph. 360
; δεῦρο νοῦν ἔχε attend to this, Id.Or. 1181; πρός τινα or πρός τι τὸν νοῦν ἔ., Th.3.22, 7.19; soπρός τινα τὴν γνώμην ἔ. Id.3.25
.9 hold in, stay, keep back,ἵππους Il.4.302
, 16.712; check, stop, [ τινα] 23.720, etc. ( σχήσω is usu. [tense] fut. in this sense, , cf. Il.11.820, Ar.Lys. 284, D.19.272, butἕξω Il.13.51
); χεῖρας ἔχων Ἀχιλῆος holding his hands, 18.33; but οὐ σχήσει χεῖρας will not stay his hands, Od.22.70; ἔ. [δάκρυον] 16.191; ἔ. ὀδύνας allay, assuage them, Il.11.848;ἔσχε κῦμα Od.5.451
;σιγῇ μῦθον 19.502
(soεἶχε σιγῇ καὶ ἔφραζε οὐδενί Hdt.9.93
);ἐν φρεσὶ μῦθον Od.15.445
; στόμα σῖγα, ἐν ἡσυχίᾳ, E.Hipp. 660, Fr.773.61 (lyr.); ; πόδα ἔξω or ἐκτός τινος ἔχειν, v. πούς:—[voice] Pass.,οὖρα σχεθέντα Aret.SA 2.5
.10 keep away from, c. gen.rei, τινὰ ἀγοράων, νεῶν, Il.2.275, 13.687; ; : c.inf.,ἦ τινα.. σχήσω ἀμυνέμεναι Il.17.182
; stop, hinder from doing,τοῦ μὴ καταδῦναι X. An.3.5.11
, cf. HG4.8.5;ἔσχον μὴ κτανεῖν E.Andr. 686
, cf. Hdt.1.158, etc.;μὴ οὐ τάδ' ἐξειπεῖν E.Hipp. 658
; ὥστε μή .. X.An.3.5.11;τὸ μὴ ἀδικεῖν A.Eu. 691
, cf. Hdt.5.101: also c. part.,ἔ. τινὰ βουθυτοῦντα S.OC 888
(troch.); .11 keep back, withhold a thing,ὅς οἱ χρήματα εἶχε βίῃ Od.15.231
, cf. D.30.14;Ἕκτορ' ἔχει.. οὐδ' ἀπέλυσεν Il.24.115
, cf. 136; αὐτὸς ἔχε pray keep it, a civil form of declining, E.Cyc. 270.13 with predicate, keep in a condition or place,εἶχον ἀτρέμας σφέας αὐτούς Hdt.9.54
, cf. 53, Ar.Th. 230;ἔ. ἑωυτοὺς κατ' οἴκους Hdt.3.79
;σαυτὸν ἐκποδών A.Pr. 346
, cf. X.Cyr.6.1.37;σῖγα νάπη φύλλ' εἶχε E.Ba. 1085
;τοὺς στρατιώτας πολὺν χρόνον πειθομένους ἔ. X.Cyr.7.2.11
.14 hold, consider,τινὰ θέᾳ ἰκέλαν Sapph. Supp.25.3
(dub.), cf. E.Supp. 164;τινὰ ὡς προφήτην Ev.Matt.14.5
;τινὰ ὅτι προφήτης ἦν Ev.Marc.11.32
;ἔχε με παρῃτημένον Ev.Luc.14.18
, cf.POxy.292.6 (i A.D.).III c.inf., have means or power to do, to be able, c. [tense] aor. inf., Il.7.217, 16.110, etc.: c. [tense] pres. inf., Od.18.364, etc.;πόλλ' ἂν λέγειν ἔχοιμι S.Ph. 1047
: sts. with inf. omitted or supplied from context, ἀλλ' οὔ πως ἔτι εἶχε he could not, Il.17.354; οἷά κ' ἔχωμεν so far as we be able, Od.15.281;ἐξ οἵων ἔχω S.El. 1379
;ὅσον εἶχες E.IA 1452
; .b have to face, be obliged,παθεῖν Porph. Chr.63
;εἰ ἕξω βλαβῆναι Astramps.Orac.p.5
H.;βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι Ev.Luc.12.50
.2 after Hom., οὐκ ἔχω, folld. by a dependent clause, I know not..,οὐκ εἶχον τίς ἂν γενοίμαν A.Pr. 905
, cf. Isoc.12.130;οὐδ' ἔχω πῶς με χρὴ.. ἀφανίσαι S.OC 1710
;οὐκ ἔχων ὅ τι χρὴ λέγειν X.Cyr.1.4.24
;οὐκ ἔχω ποῖ πέσω S.Tr. 705
;ὅπως μολούμεθ' οὐκ ἔχω Id.OC 1743
; the two constructions combined,οὐ γὰρ εἴχομεν οὔτ' ἀντιφωνεῖν οὔθ' ὅπως.. πράξαιμεν Id.Ant. 270
.IV impers. c. acc., there is.. (as in Mod. Gr.),ἔχει δὲ φυλακτήριον πρὸς τὸ μή σε καταπεσεῖν PMag.Par.1.2505
, cf. 1262, 1840.B intrans., hold oneself, i.e. keep, so and so, ἔχον [οὕτως], ὥς τε τάλαντα γυνή (sc. ἔχει) kept balanced, like the scales which.., Il.12.433; ἕξω δ' ὡς ὅτε τις στερεὴ λίθος I will keep unmoved, as a stone.., Od.19.494, cf. Il.13.679, 24.27;νωλεμέως ἐχέμεν 5.492
; ἔγχος ἔχ' ἀτρέμας it kept still, 13.557; σχὲς οὗπερ εἶ keep where thou art, S.OC 1169;ἕξειν κατὰ χώραν Ar.Ra. 793
, cf. Hdt.6.42, X.Oec.10.10; διὰ φυλακῆς ἔχοντες to keep on their guard, Th.2.81; ἔχε ἠρέμα keep still, Pl.Cra. 399e, etc.; ἔχε δή stay now, Id.Prt. 349e, Grg. 460a, etc.;ἔχ' αὐτοῦ D.45.26
.64 with Preps., to be engaged or busy, (lyr.), X.An.5.2.26, etc.;περί τινας Id.HG7.4.28
.II simply, be,ἑκὰς εἶχον Od.12.435
;ἔ. κατ' οἴκους Hdt.6.39
;περὶ πολλῶν ἔ. πρηγμάτων Id.3.128
; ἀγῶνα διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχοντα consisting in.., Id.2.91;ἔ. ἐν ἀνάγκαισι E.Ba. 88
(lyr.);ὅπου συμφορᾶς ἔχεις Id.El. 238
;ἐκποδὼν ἔχειν Id.IT 1226
, etc.2 freq. with Advbs. of manner,εὖ ἔχει Od.24.245
, etc.; καλῶς ἔχει, κακῶς ἔχει, it is, is going on well or ill, v. καλός, κακός (but [tense] fut. σχήσειν καλῶς will turn out well, D.1.9, cf. 18.45; ); οὕτως.. σχεῖν to turn out, happen thus, Pl.Ap. 39b; οὕτως ἔχει so the case stands, Ar.Pl. 110; οὕτως ἐχόντων, Lat. cum res ita se habeant, X.An.3.2.10;ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων S.Aj. 981
;οὕτω χρὴ διὰ στέρνων ἔχειν Id.Ant. 639
;οὕτως ἔ. περί τινος X.Mem.4.8.7
, cf. Hdt.6.16;πρός τι D. 9.45
;τῇδ' ἔ. S.Ph. 1336
;κοσμίως ἔ. Ar.Th. 854
;ἥδιον ἔ. πρός τινας D.9.63
; ὡς εἶχε just as he was, Hdt.1.114;ὥσπερ εἶχε Th.1.134
, X. HG4.1.30; ὡς ἔχω how I am, Ar.Lys. 610;ὥσπερ ἔχομεν Th.3.30
;τἀναντία εἶχεν D.9.41
; ἀσφαλέως, ἀναγκαίως ἔχει, = ἀσφαλές, ἀναγκαῖόν ἐστι, Hdt.1.86,9.27; καλῶς ἔχει no, I thank you, v. καλός.b c. gen. modi, εὖ ἔ. τινός to be well off for a thing, abound in it; καλῶς ἔ. μέθης to be well off for drink, i.e. to be pretty well drunk, Hdt. 5.20; σπόρου ἀνακῶς ἐ. to be busy with sowing, Id.8.109; εὖ ἐ. φρενῶν, σώματος, E.Hipp. 462, Pl.R. 404d;εὖ ὥρας ἔχον χωρίον Poll.5.108
; cf. ἥκω; so ὡς ποδῶν εἶχον as fast as they could go, Hdt.6.116, 9.59;ὡς τάχεος εἶχε ἕκαστος Id.8.107
;ὡς.. τις εὐνοίας ἢ μνήμης ἔχοι Th.1.22
;ὡς ὀργῆς ἔχω S.OT 345
, cf. E.Hel. 313, 857, etc.; πῶς ἔχεις δόξης; Pl.R. 456d;οὕτω τρόπου ἔχεις X.Cyr.7.5.56
;μετρίως ἔ. βίου Hdt.1.32
;ὑγιεινῶς ἔ. αὐτὸς αὑτοῦ καὶ σωφρόνως Pl.R. 571d
;οὐκ εὖ σεαυτοῦ τυγχάνεις ἔχων Philem.4.11
: also c. acc.,εὖ ἔ. τὸ σῶμα καὶ τὴν ψυχήν Pl.Grg. 464a
, cf. X.Oec.21.7: c. dat.,οὕτως ἐχόντων τούτων τῇ φύσει D.18.315
;πῶς ἔχετε ταῖς διανοίαις Lycurg.75
;τῇ λέξει κακῶς ἔ. Isoc.9.10
.3 lead towards,ὁδοὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ποταμὸν ἔ. Hdt.1.180
, cf. 191, 2.17; ἔ. εἴς τι to be directed, point towards,ἔχθρης ἐχούσης ἐς Ἀθηναίους Id.5.81
; τὸ ἐς τοὺς Ἀργείους ἔχον what concerns them, Id.6.19; ταῦτα ἐς τὴν ἀπόστασιν ἔχοντα ib.2, etc.; of Place, extend, reach to,ἐπ' ὅσον ἔποψις τοῦ ἱροῦ εἶχε Id.1.64
.IV after Hom., ἔχω as auxiliary, c. [tense] aor. part. giving a perfect sense,κρύψαντες ἔχουσι Hes.Op.42
;ἀποκληΐσας ἔχεις Hdt.1.37
;ἐγκλῄσασ' ἔχει Ar.Ec. 355
, cf. Th. 706; freq. in S.,θαυμάσας ἔχω OC 1140
, cf. Ant.22, al.: also in late Prose,ἀναλώσας ἔχεις Aristid. Or.18(20).1
;ὅς σφε νῦν ἀτιμάσας ἔχει E.Med.33
: less freq. c. [tense] pf. part., S.OT 701, Ph. 600, X.An.1.3.14,4.7.1: rarely c. [tense] pres. part., (lyr.), cf. X.Cyn.10.11.2 part. ἔχων, with [tense] pres., adds a notion of duration to that of present action, τί κυπτάζεις ἔ.; why do you keep poking about there? Ar.Nu. 509; τί δῆτα διατρίβεις ἔ.; why then keep wasting time? Id.Ec. 1151; τί γὰρ ἕστηκ' ἔ.; ib. 853, cf. Th. 473, 852: without interrog., φλυαρεῖς ἔ., ἔ. φλυαρεῖς, you keep chattering, Pl.Grg. 490e, Euthd. 295c;κακοῦν ἔχοντ' αὐτὸν ἀποκτιννύναι D.23.35
(and so possiblyἐνεργεῖ ἔ. Arist.Metaph. 1072b23
);παίσδεις ἔ. Theoc.14.8
: so in later Prose,παίζεις ἔ. Luc. Icar.24
; but ῥιπτεῖς ἔ.; do you throw away the prize when it is in your grasp? Aristid.1.443 J.C [voice] Med., hold oneself fast, cling closely,τῷ προσφὺς ἐχόμην Od. 12.433
, cf. Il.1.513, etc.;πρὸς ἀλλήλῃσιν Od.5.329
: mostly c. gen., hold on by, cling to, [ πέτρης] ib. 429;χερσὶν ἀώτου 9.435
;βρετέων A. Th.98
(lyr.);ἑξόμεσθάσου Ar.Pl. 101
; τῆς πληγῆς ἔχ εται claps his hand on the place struck, D.4.40.2 metaph., cleave, cling to,ἔργου Hdt. 8.11
, X.HG7.2.19; (iii A.D.);τῶν πραγμάτων Jul. Or.1.19a
; βιοτᾶς, ἐλπίδος, E. Ion 491, Fr. 409;τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης Th.1.140
; lay hold on, take advantage of,τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο Thgn.32
;προφάσιος ἔχεσθαι Hdt.6.94
; fasten upon, attack, D.18.79; lay claim to,ἀμφοτέρων τῶν ἐπωνυμιέων Hdt.2.17
; to be zealous for, [ μάχης] S.OC 424; ;κοινῇ τῆς σωτηρίας X.An.6.3.17
, etc.3 come next to, follow closely, ib.1.8.4;ἕπεσθαι ἐχομένους ὅτι μάλιστα τῶν ἁρμάτων Id.Cyr.7.1.9
; of peoples or places, to be close, border on, c. gen., Hdt.4.169, Th.2.96, etc.; freq. in part., τὴν ἐχομένην [τῶν νεωρίων] στοάν Aen. Tact.11.3; οἱ ἐ. the neighbouring people, Hdt.1.134; ὁ ἐχόμενος the next man, Aen.Tact.22.27; of Time, τὸ ἐχόμενον ἔτος the next year, Th.6.3;ὁ ἐ. διαλογισμός PRev.Laws 16.15
(iii B.C.); τὰ ἐχόμενα τούτοις what follows, Pl.Grg. 494e (withoutτούτοις Isoc.6.29
).5 pertain to,ὅσα ἔχεται τῶν αἰσθήσεων Pl.Lg. 661b
;ἃ διδασκάλων εἴχετο Id.Prt. 319e
;ὅσα τέχνης ἔχεται Id.Men. 94b
, etc.: esp. in Hdt. in periphrases, τὰ τῶν ὀνειράτων, καρπῶν ἐχόμενα, 1.120, 193;ὀρνίθων ἢ ἰχθύων 2.77
; σιτίων, ἐσθῆτος, 3.25,66.II bear or hold for oneself, κρήδεμνα ἄντα παρειάων σχομένη before her cheeks, Od.1.334; ἀσπίδα πρόσθ' ἔσχετο his shield, Il.12.294, cf. 298, 20.262.IV keep oneself back, abstain or refrain from, ἀϋτῆς, μάχης, 2.98, 3.84;βίης Od.4.422
;ἐχώμεθα δηϊοτῆτος ἐκ βελέων Il.14.129
;τῆς ἀγωγῆς Hdt.6.85
;τῆς τιμωρίης Id.7.169
;τῶν ἀθίκτων S.OT 891
(lyr., s.v.l.): c.inf., A.R.1.328; ; κακῶν ἄπο χεῖρας ἔχεσθαι to keep one's hands from ill, Od.22.316;Μενέλεω σχέσθαι χέρα E.Rh. 174
: abs., σχέο, σχέσθε, hold! cease! Il.21.379, 22.416.V [voice] Pass. ofἔχω B. 1
, ἐπὶ ξυροῦ ἀκμῆς ἔχεται ἡμῖν τὰ πρήγματα are balanced on.., Hdt.6.11.------------------------------------ἔχω (B), -
9 αἴρω
αἴρω fut. ἀρῶ; 1 aor. ᾖρα (ἦρα v.l.; TestAbr; GrBar); pf. ἦρκα Col 2:14. Pass.: 1 fut. ἀρθήσομαι; 1 aor. ἤρθην; pf. ἦρμαι J 20:1; Hs 9, 5, 4 (Hom.+; he, like some later wr., has ἀείρω).① to raise to a higher place or position, lift up, take up, pick upⓐ lit., of stones (Dio Chrys. 12 [13], 2) J 8:59 (cp. Jos., Vi. 303); Rv 18:21; Hs 9, 4, 7. Fish Mt 17:27; coffin 1 Cl 25:3; hand (X., An. 7, 3, 6) Rv 10:5 (Dt 32:40). Hands, in prayer 1 Cl 29:1 (Ael. Aristid. 24, 50 K.=44 p. 840 D.; 54 p. 691; PUps 8 p. 30 no. 14 [pre-Christian] Θεογένης αἴρει τὰς χεῖρας τῷ Ἡλίῳ; Sb 1323 [II A.D.] θεῷ ὑψίστῳ καὶ πάντων ἐπόπτῃ καὶ Ἡλίῳ καὶ Νεμέσεσι αἴρει Ἀρσεινόη ἄωρος τὰς χεῖρας). But αἴ. τὴν χεῖρα ἀπό τινος withdraw one’s hand fr. someone= renounce or withdraw fr. someone B 19:5; D 4:9. Of snakes pick up Mk 16:18. κλίνην Mt 9:6. κλινίδιον Lk 5:24. κράβαττον Mk 2:9, 11f; J 5:8–12. Of a boat that is pulled on board Ac 27:17. Of a spirit that carries a person away Hv 2, 1, 1 (cp. TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 11 [Stone p. 78] of angels). Take up a corpse to carry it away AcPt Ox 849 verso, 8 (cp. TestAbr A 20 p.103, 20 [Stone p. 54]). αἴ. σύσσημον raise a standard ISm 1:2 (Is 5:26); αἴ. τινὰ τῶν ἀγκώνων take someone by one’s arms Hv 1, 4, 3. For Ac 27:13 s. 6 below.—Pass. 2 Cl 7:4. ἄρθητι (of mountains) arise Mt 21:21; Mk 11:23. ἤρθη νεκρός Ac 20:9.ⓑ fig. αἴ. τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς ἄνω look upward (in prayer, as Ps 122:1; Is 51:6 al.) J 11:41. For 10:24 s. 5 below. αἴ. φωνήν raise one’s voice, cry out loudly (1 Km 11:4; 30:4; 2 Km 3:32 al.) Lk 17:13. πρός τινα Ac 4:24.ⓐ take/carry (along) lit. w. obj. acc. σταυρόν Mt 16:24; 27:32; Mk 8:34; 15:21; Lk 9:23. ζυγόν (La 3:27) Mt 11:29. τινὰ ἐπὶ χειρῶν 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). Pass. Mk 2:3. αἴ. τι εἰς ὁδόν take someth. along for the journey 6:8; Lk 9:3, cp. 22:36. Of a gambler’s winnings Mk 15:24.—Fig. δόξαν ἐφʼ ἑαυτὸν αἴ. claim honor for oneself B 19:3.ⓑ carry away, remove lit. ταῦτα ἐντεῦθεν J 2:16 (ins [218 B.C.]: ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΑ 7, ’34, p. 179, 15 ταῦτα αἰρέσθω; Just., D. 56, 3 σκευῶν ἀρθέντων). Crucified body of Jesus 19:38; cp. vs. 31; 20:2, 13, 15; of John the Baptist Mt 14:12; Mk 6:29. A stone from a grave-opening J 11:39, 41; pass. 20:1. οἱ αἴροντες οὐκ ἀνέφερον those who took something (a mouthful) brought nothing (to their mouth) GJs 18:2 (not pap). τὸ περισσεῦον the remainder Mt 14:20; 15:37; cp. Lk 9:17. περισσεύματα Mk 8:8. κλάσματα fragments 6:43; baskets 8:19f. ζώνην take off Ac 21:11; take: τὸ σόν what belongs to you Mt 20:14; τὰ ἀρκοῦντα what was sufficient for him Hs 5, 2, 9. αἴ. τι ἐκ τῆς οἰκίας get someth. fr. the house Mk 13:15; cp. vs.16 and Mt 24:17; cp. 24:18; Lk 17:31; take (a body) from a tomb J 20:2, 13, 15; take τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου 17:15.③ to take away, remove, or seize control without suggestion of lifting up, take away, remove. By force, even by killing: abs. ἆρον, ἆρον away, away (with him)! J 19:15 (cp. POxy 119, 10 [Dssm., LO 168; LAE 188 n. 22]; Philo, In Flacc. 144; ἆρον twice also La 2:19 v.l., in different sense). W. obj. αἶρε τοῦτον Lk 23:18; cp. Ac 21:36; 22:22. ἆραι τόν μάγον AcPl Ha 4, 35f; αἶρε τοὺς ἀθέους (s. ἄθεος 2a) MPol 3:2; 9:2 (twice); sweep away Mt 24:39; ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι as though the city were about to be destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 17; cp. κόσμος ἔρεται (=αἴρεται) ἐμ πυρί 2, 26f. W. the connot. of force or injustice or both (Epict. 1, 18, 13; PTebt 278, 27; 35; 38 [I A.D.]; SSol 5:7): τὸ ἱμάτιον Lk 6:29; cp. vs. 30; D 1:4. τὴν πανοπλίαν all his weapons Lk 11:22; τάλαντον Mt 25:28; cp. Lk 19:24. Fig. τὴν κλεῖδα τῆς γνώσεως 11:52. Pass.: Mt 13:12; Mk 4:25; Lk 8:18; 19:26. Conquer, take over (Diod S 11, 65, 3 πόλιν) τόπον, ἔθνος J 11:48. For Lk 19:21f s. 4 below. αἴ. τὴν ψυχὴν ἀπό τινος J 10:18 (cp. EFascher, Deutsche Theol. ’41, 37–66).—Pass. ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς Ac 8:33b (Is 53:8; Just., D. 110, 6). ἀφʼ ὑμῶν ἡ βασιλεία Mt 21:43.—Of Satan τὸν λόγον τὸν ἐσπαρμένον εἰς αὐτούς Mk 4:15; cp. Lk 8:12. τὴν χαρὰν ὑμῶν οὐδεὶς αἴρει ἀφʼ ὑμῶν no one will deprive you of your joy J 16:22. ἐξ ὑμῶν πᾶσαν ὑπόκρισιν rid ourselves of all pretension B 21:4; ἀπὸ τῆς καρδίας τὰς διψυχίας αἴ. put away doubt fr. their heart Hv 2, 2, 4. αἴ. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ put away fr. oneself Hm 9:1; 10, 1, 1; 10, 2, 5; 12, 1, 1. αἴ. ἐκ (τοῦ) μέσου remove, expel (fr. among) (Epict. 3, 3, 15; Plut., Mor. 519d; BGU 388 II, 23 ἆρον ταῦτα ἐκ τοῦ μέσου; PHib 73, 14; Is 57:2) 1 Cor 5:2 (v.l. ἐξαρθῇ); a bond, note, certificate of indebtedness αἴ. ἐκ τοῦ μέσου destroy Col 2:14. Of branches cut off J 15:2. Prob. not intrans., since other exx. are lacking, but w. ‘something’ supplied αἴρει τὸ πλήρωμα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱματίου the patch takes someth. away fr. the garment Mt 9:16; cp. Mk 2:21. Remove, take away, blot out (Eur., El. 942 κακά; Hippocr., Epid. 5, 49, p. 236 pain; cp. Job 6:2; IG II, 467, 81 ζημίας; Epict. 1, 7, 5 τὰ ψευδῆ; SIG 578, 42 τ. νόμον; Pr 1:12; EpArist 215; Just., D. 117, 3) τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τ. κόσμου J 1:29, 36 v.l.; 1 J 3:5 (Is 53:12 Aq., s. PKatz, VetusT 8, ’58, 272; cp. 1 Km 15:25; 25:28). Pass. Ac 8:33a (Is 53:8); Eph 4:31. Fig. take, in order to make someth. out of the obj. 1 Cor 6:15.④ to make a withdrawal in a commercial sense, withdraw, take, ext. of 2 αἴρεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔθηκας Lk 19:21f (banking t.t.: JBernays, Ges. Abh. I 1885, 272f; JSmith, JTS 29, 1928, 158).⑤ to keep in a state of uncertainty about an outcome, keep someone in suspense, fig. ext. of 1 αἴ. τὴν ψυχήν τινος J 10:24 (Nicetas, De Manuele Comm. 3, 5 [MPG CXXXIX 460a]: ἕως τίνος αἴρεις, Σαρακηνέ, τὰς ψυχὰς ἡμῶν; The expr. αἴ. τὴν ψυχήν w. different mng. Ps 24:1; 85:4; 142:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 48).⑥ to raise a ship’s anchor for departure, weigh anchor, depart, ext. of 1, abs. (cp. Thu. et al.; Philo, Mos. 1, 85; Jos., Ant. 7, 97; 9, 229; 13, 86 ἄρας ἀπὸ τῆς Κρήτης κατέπλευσεν εἰς Κιλίκιαν) Ac 27:13.—Rydbeck 155f; B. 669f. DELG s.v. 1 ἀείρω. M-M. TW. -
10 ὑποτίθημι
A place under,ὑπὸ κύκλα ἑκάστῳ πυθμένι θῆκεν Il.18.375
; τὰ φρύγαν' ὑ. puts the firewood under, Telecl.40; θεοῦ βάσεις ὑποτιθέντος putting legs or feet under them, Pl.Ti. 92a, cf. Arist.PA 686a34;σιδηρᾶς κανονίδας ὑ. Ph.Bel.57.11
, cf. 60.31, al.;ὑπὸ ποταμοὺς πολλοὺς.. πόλιν ὑ. Pl.Lg. 682c
;κύλικα ὑπὸ τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593.21
(Iulis, v B. C.); ὀχετὸν ἐκποιήσαντι καὶ ὑποθέντι ib. 12.373.66;[φοίνικας] ὑ. X.Cyr.7.5.12
;ἀλεκτορίδι ὑ. τὰ ᾠά Arist.HA 564b3
; ἑαυτὴν [ τῷ ἄρρενι] ib. 540a11;ὑ. <τι> ὑπὸ τὸν ὀφθαλμόν Id.Pr. 874a9
; of a prancing horse,ὑ. τὰ ὀπίσθια σκέλη ὑπὸ τὰ ἐμπρόσθια X.Eq. 11.2
; τὰ ὄπισθεν σκέλη διὰ πολλοῦ ὑ. bring up his hind legs far apart from one another, ib.1.14;κατακλίνεται [ὁ λαγὼς] ὑποθεὶς τὰ ὑποκώλια ὑπὸ τὰς λαγόνας Id.Cyn.5.10
: metaph.,ὑποχειρίους τοῖς ἐχθροῖς ὑ. τὰς αὑτῶν πατρίδας Pl.Plt. 308a
; ἔστε ὑπέθηκε Ἀΐδᾳ until he handed him over to Hades, of a hound attacking a boar, PCair.Zen.532.11 (iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., place under one's feet, τι X.Cyr.8.1.41;τοὺς μηροὺς ὑφ' αὑτά Arist.IA 713a23
.b subjoin, enclose, append a document, (iii B. C.), cf. Sammelb.5675.2 (ii B. C.), etc.: so in [voice] Med., PLond.3.921.10 (ii/iii A. D.).II set before one, offer, suggest,τὴν ἐν φίλοις δικαιοτάτην ὑπόθεσιν ἔχω ὑποτιθέναι X.Cyr.5.5.13
; hold out hope,ὑποτιθεῖς τίν' ἐλπίδα; E.Or. 1186
, cf. X.HG4.8.28, D.23.58, Plu.2.256a, Lys. 23, Aristid.1.379 J.; ;ἡ εὐπραγία ὑ. ἰσχὺν τῆς ἐλπίδος Id.4.65
; ὑπέθηκας ὀρθῶς τοὺς λόγους, i. e. you have given good advice, E.IA 507; τὸν ὑποθέντα τὰς τέχνας γυναιξὶ τόνδε he who proposed these tricks to the women, Id.Ba. 675:—earlier in [voice] Med., suggest, ; , cf. Il.11.788;δόλον ὑπεθήκατο Hes.Th. 175
;ἄλλα μὲν αὐτὸς ἐνὶ φρεσὶ σῇσι νοήσεις, ἄλλα δὲ καὶ δαίμων ὑποθήσεται Od.3.27
;Κροῖσος ταῦτά οἱ ὑπετίθετο Hdt. 1.156
, cf. 3.36;ἔπεμψέ με σωτηρίην ὑποθησόμενον ὑμῖν, ἤν περ βούλησθε πείθεσθαι Id.5.98
, cf. 7.237; : c. dat. pers. only, advise, counsel, admonish one, Od.2.194, 5.143, Ar.Av. 1362, Lys. 522 (anap.), Pl.Chrm. 155d: with an Adv.,ἀλλά μοι εὖ ὑπόθευ Od. 15.310
, cf. Hdt.1.90;αὐτάρ τοι πυκινῶς ὑποθησόμεθ', αἴ κε πίθηαι Il. 21.293
.2 [voice] Med., in stronger sense, enjoin, ; of a doctor, Pl.Plt. 295c; of Nestor, Id.Hp.Ma.286b; [Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος] τῷ στρατηγῷ περὶ τούτου ὑπέθετο POxy. 237 vi 40
(ii A. D.); gloss on ἐπιστέλλει, Sch.S.OT 106; of Pythagoras,τὴν εἰς τὸ σπονδειακὸν μεταβολὴν ὑπέθετο τῷ αὐλητῇ Iamb.VP25.112
; (ii A. D.); δύο σκοποὺς ὑποθέσθαι τῆς φλεβοτομίας prescribe two conditions of (successful) venesection, Gal.15.765.3 [voice] Med., instruct, demonstrate, ; δεῖ ὑποθέσθαι τί λέγομεν τὸ βαρύ as a preliminary we must explain, Id.Cael. 269b20;ὑ. ὡς χρὴ μάχεσθαι Philostr.Her.10.5
;Φινεὺς.. τοῖς Ἀργοναύταις.. περὶ τῶν συμπληγάδων ὑπέθετο πετρῶν Apollod.1.9.22
;ὁ ὑποθέμενος αὐτῷ τὴν ἀνάγνωσιν Arr.Epict.1.26.13
, cf. 2.2.21;παλαισμάτων εἴδη ὁπόσα ἐστί, δηλώσει ὁ παιδοτρίβης, καιρούς τε ὑποθέμενος κτλ. Philostr.Gym.14
: c. acc. et inf.,ὑ. τῷ ἐπιεικεῖ παιδὶ ῥᾴδιον πεφυκέναι κτλ. Iamb.VP10.51
.III [voice] Med., propose to oneself as a task,πολεμιστήριον [ἵππον] ὑπεθέμεθα ὠνεῖσθαι X.Eq.3.7
;δεῖ ὑποτίθεσθαι κατ' εὐχήν, μηδὲν μέντοι ἀδύνατον Arist. Pol. 1265a17
; make up one's mind, adopt as a policy, ;τοῦθ' ὑπέθετο, δεινότατον πρᾶγμα, οἶμαι, ὅπως ἐν ἐκείνῳ εἴη.. φάναι And.1.39
;ἕνα τοῦτον ὑποθέμενος τὸν σκοπόν, ἅπαντας ἡμᾶς ἀγορεύειν κακῶς Luc.Pisc.7
;πρὶν τὴν ἀρχὴν ὀρθῶς ὑποθέσθαι, μάταιον ἡγοῦμαι περὶ τῆς τελευτῆς ὁντινοῦν ποιεῖσθαι λόγον D.3.2
:—[voice] Pass.,ὁ ὑποτεθεὶς σκοπός Arist.EN 1144a24
.2 propose to oneself as a subject of discussion or argument,ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ ἄρξωμαι καὶ τῆς ἐμαυτοῦ ὑποθέσεως, περὶ τοῦ ἑνὸς αὐτοῦ ὑποθέμενος, εἴτε ἕν ἐστιν εἴτε μή [ἕν], τί χρὴ συμβαίνειν; Pl.Prm. 137b
, cf. Ti. 26a;ἵνα μὴ δοκῶ περὶ τὰ μέρη διατρίβειν, ὑπὲρ ὅλων τῶν πραγμάτων ὑποθέμενος Isoc. 4.51
, cf. 12.119;ὥσπερ ὑπεθέμην Thphr.Char.Prooem.5
;περὶ ἀέρος εἰπόντες, ὥσπερ ὑπεθέμεθα Arist.Mete. 340a23
, cf. Rh. 1432b5, Aeschin. 1.37, 2.102;ὑποθησόμεθα ταύτης ἀρχὴν τῆς βύβλου τὴν πρώτην διάβασιν ἐξ Ἰταλίας Ῥωμαίων Plb.1.5.1
:—[voice] Pass.,οἱ ὑποτεθέντες λόγοι Pl. Lg. 812a
.IV [voice] Med., assume as a preliminary,ταύτην μὲν δὴ πυρὸς ἀρχὴν καὶ τῶν ἄλλων σωμάτων ὑποτιθέμεθα Id.Ti. 53d
;ὑποθέμενος ἑκάστοτε λόγον.., ἃ μὲν ἄν μοι δοκῇ τούτῳ συμφωνεῖν, τίθημι ὡς ἀληθῆ ὄντα Id.Phd. 100a
;οἱ περὶ τὰς γεωμετρίας.. ὑποθέμενοι.. τὰ σχήματα,.. ποιησάμενοι ὑποθέσεις αὐτά Id.R. 510c
; ;ὃ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὑπετιθέμεθα Id.Chrm. 171d
;ἐὰν ὡς ὂν ὑποθῇ ὃ ὑπετίθεσο Id.Prm. 136c
; ὑ. περί τινος ὡς ὄντος ib. 136b, cf. 137b, Plt. 284c;ὑ. ὡς τούτου οὕτως ἔχοντος Id.R. 437a
: c. acc. et inf., assume or suppose that.., Id.Phd. 100b, Prt. 339d: without inf., [ τὴν ἀρετὴν] διδακτὸν ὑ. assume it to be teachable, ib. 361b;τἀναντία οἷς ὑπεθέμην Id.Tht. 165d
; ὥσπερ ὑπέθου as you began by requiring, Id.R. 346b (referring to 336d):—[voice] Pass., esp. in [tense] aor. ὑπετέθην (cf.ὑπόκειμαι 11.2
), Id.Ti. 48e, 61d;τὰ ὑποτεθέντα Id.Prm. 136b
; τῶν καλῶν τι ἡ σωφροσύνη ὑπετέθη was assumed to be.., Id.Chrm. 160d (referring to 159c);τοῦτο δ' ἀδύνατον, ὥστε ψεῦδος τὸ ὑποτεθέν Arist.APr. 61a31
; εἰ τοῦτό τις ὑποτεθείη γινώσκειν if it were assumed that one knew this, Phld.Rh.2.17S.2 later, assume, suppose, estimate,παρέσομαι πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὡς ὑποτίθεμαι, τῇ ιζ PCair.Zen.247.4
(iii B. C.); ὑποτιθεμένου τοῦ ποδὸς δραχμῆς the foot being reckoned at one drachma, Supp.Epigr.4.446.14 (Didyma, iii/ii B. C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 15r.34 (iii B. C.); τὸν χιλιάρουρον (sc. ἀμπελῶνα) ὑποτιθέμεθα ἐπὶ τὸ ἔλαττον we assess at the reduced sum, ib.361.9 (iii B. C.); νεώτερον αὐτὸν ὑ. put him down as younger, D.H.4.6; ταῦτα τὸν Ὅμηρον ὡς συστρατιώτην ἔφη εἰρηκέναι καὶ οὐχ ὡς ὑποτιθέμενον not as a composer of fiction, Philostr.Her.4.4.V [voice] Act., establish as a preliminary, premise, ταῦθ' ὑποθεὶς ἐπεῖπεν ὡς .. Aeschin.2.157; τοῦθ' ὑποθέντες ἀκούετε τῇ γνώμῃ, τί ἄν, εἴ τις ἔπασχε ταῦθ' ὑμῶν, ἐποίει after deciding in your own minds, D.21.108;ῥυθμοὺς καὶ σχῆμα ἐλευθέριον ὑποθεῖσαι μέλος ἢ λόγον ἐναντίον ἀποδοῦναι Pl.Lg. 669c
.2 represent as ὑποκείμενον (v.ὑπόκειμαι 11.8
),εἰ μή τις ἑτέραν ὑποθήσει τοῖς ἐναντίοις φύσιν Arist.Ph. 189a28
; [ἀρχὴν] ἄν τε μίαν ἄν τε πλείους Id.Metaph. 988a24
.VII put down as a deposit or stake, pawn, pledge, mortgage,τοῦτο τὸ ἐνέχυρον Hdt.2.136
; τὴν οἰκίαν, τὴν οὐσίαν, Isoc.21.2, D.28.17, 49.12; ὑπέθεσαν αὐτῷ τοῦ ταλάντου τὰς προσόδους mortgaged their revenues for the talent, Aeschin.3.104;τῷ πατρὶ τἀνδράποδα D.27.25
;δραχμὴν ὑπόθες Diph.73.2
;ὑποθέμενοι χρυσίον IG12.313.177
; τὴν οἰκίαν πωλοῦντα καὶ ὑποτιθέντα selling and mortgaging, i.e. having full ownership of, the house, PCair.Zen.588.1, cf. 9 (iii B. C.), PRyl.162.28 (ii A. D.); cf.ὑποθήκη 11
:—[voice] Med., of the mortgagee, lend money on pledge, D.28.18;ὑποθέσθαι τὰ σκεύη τῆς νεώς Id.50.55
:— but the [voice] Med. is used for the [voice] Act. in later writers, Plu.Cat.Mi.6:— for the [voice] Pass., ὑπόκειμαι is used, except in [tense] aor. 1, πόρους (revenues) ὑποκεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς τούς τε ὑποτεθέντας εἰς τὸ βουλευτήριον .. OGI46.10 (Halic., iii B. C.), cf. AJP56.375 (Colophon, iv B. C., [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass.); cf. τίθημι.2 stake, hazard, venture, ; τὸν ἴδιον κίνδυνον ὑποθείς at his own risk, D.19.252; alsoἑαυτὸν ἔγγυον ὑποθείς Plu.Crass.7
;τὴν ψυχὴν ταῖς τύχαις Luc.Dem.Enc.41
;τὰ σὰ τοῖς ἐκτός Arr.Epict.2.2.12
; τὸν τράχηλον ib.4.1.77; ἑαυτὸν τῷ νόμῳ, i. e. risked the penalties of the law, Philostr.Gym.24;οὐδὲ αὑτοὺς ταύταις ὑποθήσομεν ταῖς αἰτίαις Jul.Or.3.112a
; νομίμοις ποιναῖς ὑποθεῖναι [ αὐτούς] PMasp.24.50 (vi A. D.); ἑαυτὸν [ ὀργῇ] Plu.Them.24;τοῖς κινδύνοις σφᾶς αὐτούς Aristid.1.467
J.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑποτίθημι
-
11 λαμβάνω
λαμβάνω (Hom.+) impf. ἐλάμβανον; fut. λήμψομαι (PTurin II, 3, 48; POxy 1664, 12; on the μ s. Mayser 194f; Thackeray 108ff; B-D-F §101; W-S. §5, 30; Mlt-H. 106; 246f; Reinhold 46f; WSchulze, Orthographica 1894.—On the middle s. B-D-F §77); 2 aor. ἔλαβον, impv. λάβε (B-D-F §101 p. 53 s.v. λαμβάνειν; W-S. §6, 7d; Mlt-H. 209 n. 1), impv. 3 pl. λαβέτωσαν (LXX; GJs 4:2); pf. εἴληφα (DRinge, Glotta 62, ’84, 125–28), 2 sing. εἴληφας and εἴληφες Rv 11:17 v.l. (W-S. §13, 16 note; Mlt-H. 221), ptc. εἰληφώς. Pass.: fut. 3 pl. ληφθήσονται Jdth 6:9; aor. εἰλήφθην LXX; pf. 3 sing. εἴληπται; plpf. 3 sg. εἴληπτο (Just., D. 132, 3). For Attic inscriptional forms s. Threatte II 645. In the following divisions, nos. 1–9 focus on an active role, whereas 10 suggests passivity.① to get hold of someth. by laying hands on or grasping someth., directly or indirectly, take, take hold of, grasp, take in hand ἄρτον (Diod S 14, 105, 3 ῥάβδον; TestSol 2:8 D τὴν σφραγῖδα; TestJob 23:10 ψαλίδα) Mt 26:26a; Mk 14:22a; Ac 27:35. τ. βιβλίον (Tob 7:14) Rv 5:8f. τ. κάλαμον Mt 27:30. λαμπάδας take (in hand) (Strattis Com. [V B.C.], Fgm. 37 K. λαβόντες λαμπάδας) 25:1, 3. λαβέτωσαν ἀνὰ λαμπάδα GJs 7:2. μάχαιραν draw the sword (Gen 34:25; Jos., Vi. 173 [cp. JosAs 23:2 τὴν ῥομφαίαν]) Mt 26:52. Abs. λάβετε take (this) Mt 26:26b; Mk 14:22b.— Take hold of (me) GHb 356, 39=ISm 3:2.—ἔλαβέ με ἡ μήτηρ μου τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα ἐν μιᾷ τῶν τριχῶν μου my mother, the Holy Spirit, took me by one of my hairs GHb 20, 63. Ἐλισάβεδ … λαβουμένη (λαβοῦσα codd.) αὐτὸν ἀνέβη ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ E. took (John) and went up into the hill-country GJs 22:3. λαβών is somet. used somewhat pleonastically to enliven the narrative, as in Hom. (Od. 24, 398) and dramatists (Soph., Oed. R. 1391 et al.), but also in accord w. Hebr. usage (JViteau, Étude sur le Grec du NT 1893, 191; Dalman, Worte 16ff; Wlh., Einleitung2 1911, 14; B-D-F §419, 1 and 2; s. Rob. 1127; s., e.g., ApcBar 2:1 λαβών με ἤγαγε; Josh 2:4; Horapollo 2, 88 τούτους λαβὼν κατορύττει) Mt 13:31, 33; Mk 9:36; Lk 13:19, 21; J 12:3; Ac 9:25; 16:3; Hs 5, 2, 4. The ptc. can here be rendered by the prep. with (B-D-F §418, 5; Rob. 1127) λαβὼν τὴν σπεῖραν ἔρχεται he came with a detachment J 18:3 (cp. Soph., Trach. 259 στρατὸν λαβὼν ἔρχεται; ApcrEsd 6, 17 p. 31, 24 Tdf. λαβὼν … στρατιὰν ἀγγέλων). λαβὼν τὸ αἷμα … τὸν λαὸν ἐρράντισε with the blood he sprinkled the people Hb 9:19 (cp. ParJer 9:32 λαβόντες τὸν λίθον ἔθηκαν ἐπὶ τὸ μνῆμα αὐτοῦ ‘they crowned his tomb with a stone’; Mel., P. 14, 88 λαβόντες δὲ τὸ … αἶμα). Different is the periphrastic aor. ptc. use of λ. w. ἔχει: Dg 10:6 ἃ παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λαβὼν ἔχει what the pers. has received fr. God (cp. Eur., Bacchae 302 μεταλαβὼν ἔχει; Goodwin §47; Gildersleeve, Syntax §295; Schwyzer I, 812). Freq. parataxis takes the place of the ptc. constr. (B-D-F §419, 5) ἔλαβε τὸν Ἰησοῦν καὶ ἐμαστίγωσεν (instead of λαβὼν τ. Ἰ. ἐ.) he had Jesus scourged J 19:1. λαβεῖν τὸν ἄρτον … καὶ βαλεῖν throw the bread Mt 15:26; Mk 7:27. ἔλαβον τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐποίησαν τέσσερα μέρη they divided his garments into four parts J 19:23.—In transf. sense ἀφορμὴν λ. find opportunity Ro 7:8, 11 (s. ἀφορμή); ὑπόδειγμα λ. take as an example Js 5:10; so also λ. alone, λάβωμεν Ἐνώχ 1 Cl 9:3.—Of the cross as a symbol of the martyr’s death take upon oneself Mt 10:38 (cp. Pind., P. 2, 93 [171] λ. ζυγόν). We may class here ἔλαβεν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ he put his clothes on J 13:12 (cp. Hdt. 2, 37; 4, 78; GrBar 9:7 τὸν ὄφιν ἔλαβεν ἔνδυμα). Prob. sim. μορφὴν δούλου λ. put on the form of a slave Phil 2:7.—Of food and drink take (cp. Bel 37 Theod.) Mk 15:23. ὅτε ἔλαβεν τὸ ὄξος J 19:30; λαβὼν τροφὴν ἐνίσχυσεν Ac 9:19; τροφὴν … λα[βεῖν] AcPl Ha 1, 19. (βρέφος) ἔλαβε μασθὸν ἐκ τῆς μητρὸς αὐτοῦ Μαρίας (the infant) took the breast of his mother Mary GJs 19:2.—1 Ti 4:4 (s. 10b below) could also belong here.② to take away, remove (τὴν ψυχήν ApcEsdr 6:16 p. 31, 23 Tdf.) with or without the use of force τὰ ἀργύρια take away the silver coins (fr. the temple) Mt 27:6. τὰς ἀσθενείας diseases 8:17. τὸν στέφανον Rv 3:11. τὴν εἰρήνην ἐκ τῆς γῆς remove peace from the earth 6:4 (λ. τι ἐκ as UPZ 125, 13 ὸ̔ εἴληφεν ἐξ οἴκου; 2 Ch 16:2; TestSol 4:15 D; TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 12 [Stone p. 70]; Mel., P. 55, 403).③ to take into one’s possession, take, acquire τὶ someth. τὸν χιτῶνα Mt 5:40. οὐδὲ ἕν J 3:27. ἑαυτῷ βασιλείαν obtain kingly power for himself Lk 19:12 (cp. Jos., Ant. 13, 220). λ. γυναῖκα take a wife (Eur., Alc. 324; X., Cyr. 8, 4, 16; Gen 4:19; 6:2; Tob 1:9; TestSol 26:1; TestJob 45:3; ParJer 8:3; Jos., Ant. 1, 253; Just., D. 116, 3; 141, 4) Mk 12:19–21; 22 v.l.; Lk 20:28–31 (s. also the vv.ll. in 14:20 and 1 Cor 7:28). Of his life, that Jesus voluntarily gives up, in order to take possession of it again on his own authority J 10:18a. [ἀπολείπ]ετε τὸ σκότος, λάβεται τὸ φῶς [abandon] the darkness, seize the light AcPl Ha 8, 32. ἑαυτῷ τ. τιμὴν λ. take the honor upon oneself Hb 5:4.—Lay hands on, seize w. acc. of the pers. who is seized by force (Hom. et al.; LXX; mid. w. gen. Just., A II, 2, 10, D. 105, 3) Mt 21:35, 39; Mk 12:3, 8. Of an evil spirit that seizes the sick man Lk 9:39 (cp. PGM 7, 613 εἴλημπται ὑπὸ τοῦ δαίμονος; TestSol 17:2 εἰ λήμψομαί τινα, εὐθέως ἀναιρῶ αὐτὸν τῷ ξίφει; Jos., Ant. 4, 119 ὅταν ἡμᾶς τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ λάβῃ πνεῦμα; Just., A I, 18, 4 ψυχαῖς ἀποθανόντων λαμβανόμενοι).—Esp. of feelings, emotions seize, come upon τινά someone (Hom. et al.; Ex 15:15; Wsd 11:12; Jos., Ant. 2, 139; 14, 57) ἔκστασις ἔλαβεν ἅπαντας amazement seized (them) all Lk 5:26. φόβος 7:16. Sim. πειρασμὸς ὑμᾶς οὐκ εἴληφεν εἰ μὴ ἀνθρώπινος 1 Cor 10:13.—Of hunting and fishing: catch (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 9; Aelian, VH 4, 14) οὐδέν Lk 5:5=J 21:6 v.l. Fig. εἴ τις λαμβάνει (ὑμᾶς) if someone puts something over on you, takes advantage of you 2 Cor 11:20 (the exx. cited in Field, Notes, 184f refer to material plunder, whereas Paul appears to point to efforts of his opposition to control the Corinthians’ thinking for their own political purposes; also s. CLattey, JTS 44, ’43, 148); in related vein δόλῳ τινὰ λ. catch someone by a trick 12:16.④ to take payment, receive, accept, of taxes, etc. collect the two-drachma tax Mt 17:24; tithes Hb 7:8f; portion of the fruit as rent Mt 21:34. τὶ ἀπό τινος someth. fr. someone (Plut., Mor. 209d, Aem. Paul. 5, 9) 17:25. παρὰ τῶν γεωργῶν λ. ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν collect a share of the fruit fr. the vinedressers Mk 12:2.—τὶ παρά τινος someth. fr. someone (Aristarch. Sam. p. 352, 4; Jos., Ant. 5, 275; Just., D. 22, 11; Tat. 19, 1) οὐ παρὰ ἀνθρώπου τὴν μαρτυρίαν λ. the testimony which I receive is not from a human being or I will not accept mere human testimony (PSI 395, 6 [241 B.C.] σύμβολον λαβὲ παρʼ αὐτῶν=have them give you a receipt) J 5:34; cp. vs. 44; 3:11, 32f.⑤ to include in an experience, take up, receive τινὰ someone εἰς into (Wsd 8:18) lit. εἰς τὸ πλοῖον take someone (up) into the boat J 6:21. εἰς οἰκίαν receive someone into one’s house 2J 10. εἰς τὰ ἴδια into his own home J 19:27. Receive someone in the sense of recognizing the other’s authority J 1:12; 5:43ab; 13:20abcd.—οἱ ὑπηρέται ῥαπίσμασιν αὐτὸν ἔλαβον Mk 14:65 does not mean ‘the servants took him into custody with blows’ (BWeiss, al.), but is a colloquialism (s. B-D-F §198, 3, w. citation of AcJo 90 [Aa II 196, 1] τί εἰ ῥαπίσμασίν μοι ἔλαβες; ‘what if you had laid blows on me?’) the servants treated him to blows (Moffatt: ‘treated him to cuffs and slaps’), or even ‘got’ him w. blows, ‘worked him over’ (perh. a Latinism; Cicero, Tusc. 2, 14, 34 verberibus accipere. B-D-F §5, 3b; s. Rob. 530f); the v.l. ἔβαλον is the result of failure to recognize this rare usage. καλῶς ἔλαβόν σε; have (the young women) treated you well? Hs 9, 11, 8.⑥ to make a choice, choose, select πᾶς ἀρχιερεὺς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων λαμβανόμενος who is chosen fr. among human beings Hb 5:1 (cp. Num 8:6; Am 2:11; Just., D. 130, 3). The emphasis is not on gender but the human status of the chief priest in contrast to that of the unique Messiah vs. 5.⑦ to accept as true, receive τὶ someth. fig. τὰ ῥήματά τινος receive someone’s words (and use them as a guide) J 12:48; 17:8; AcPl Ha 1, 6 (s. καρδία 1bβ). τὸν λόγον receive the teaching Mt 13:20; Mk 4:16 (for μετὰ χαρᾶς λ. cp. PIand 13, 18 ἵνα μετὰ χαρᾶς σε ἀπολάβωμεν).⑧ to enter into a close relationship, receive, make one’s own, apprehend/comprehend mentally or spiritually (Soph., Pla. et al.) of the mystical apprehension of Christ (opp. κατελήμφθην ὑπὸ Χριστοῦ) ἔλαβον (i.e. Χριστόν) I have made (him) my own Phil 3:12.⑨ Special uses: the OT is the source of λαμβάνειν πρόσωπον show partiality/favoritism (s. πρόσωπον 1bα end) Lk 20:21; Gal 2:6; B 19:4; D 4:3.—θάρσος λ. take courage s. θάρσος; πεῖράν τινος λ. try someth. (Pla., Prot. 342a; 348a, Gorg. 448a; X., Cyr. 6, 1, 28; Polyb. 1, 75, 7; 2, 32, 5; 5, 100, 10; Aelian, VH 12, 22; Dt 28:56; Jos., Ant. 8, 166; diff. Dio Chrys. 50, 6) Hb 11:29 (this expr. has a different mng. in vs. 36; s. 10b below).—συμβούλιον λαμβάνειν consult (with someone), lit. ‘take counsel’, is a Latinism (consilium capere; s. B-D-F §5, 3b; Rob. 109) Mt 27:7; 28:12; w. ὅπως foll. 22:15; foll. by κατά τινος against someone and ὅπως 12:14; foll. by κατά τινος and ὥστε 27:1. οὐ λήψῃ βουλὴν πονηρὰν κατὰ τοῦ πλησίον σου D 2:6.⑩ to be a receiver, receive, get, obtainⓐ abs. λαβών (of a hungry hog) when it has received someth. B 10:3. (Opp. αἰτεῖν, as Appian, Fgm. [I p. 532–36 Viereck-R.] 23 αἰτεῖτε καὶ λαμβάνετε; PGM 4, 2172) Mt 7:8; Lk 11:10; J 16:24. (Opp. διδόναι as Thu. 2, 97, 4 λαμβάνειν μᾶλλον ἢ διδόναι; Ael. Aristid. 34 p. 645 D.; Herm. Wr. 5, 10b; Philo, Deus Imm. 57; SibOr 3, 511) Mt 10:8; Ac 20:35; B 14:1; but in D 1:5 λ. rather has the ‘active’ sense accept a donation (as ἵνα λάβῃ ἐξουσίαν TestJob 8:2).ⓑ w. acc. of thing τὶ someth. (Da 2:6; OdeSol 11:4 σύνεσιν; TestJob 24:9 τρεῖς ἄρτους al.; ApcEsdr 5:13 p. 30, 11 Tdf. τὴν ψυχήν) τὸ ψωμίον receive the piece of bread J 13:30. ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν water of life without cost Rv 22:17. μισθόν (q.v. 1 and 2a) Mt 10:41ab; J 4:36; 1 Cor 3:8, 14; AcPlCor 2:36 (TestSol 1:2, 10). Money: ἀργύρια Mt 28:15; ἀνὰ δηνάριον a denarius each Mt 20:9f. ἐλεημοσύνην Ac 3:3. βραχύ τι a little or a bite J 6:7; eternal life Mk 10:30 (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 218 βίον ἀμείνω λαβεῖν); the Spirit (schol. on Plato 856e ἄνωθεν λαμβάνειν τὸ πνεῦμα) J 7:39; Ac 2:38; cp. Gal 3:14; 1 Cor 2:12; 2 Cor 11:4; forgiveness of sin Ac 10:43 (Just., D. 54, 1); grace Ro 1:5; cp. 5:17; the victor’s prize 1 Cor 9:24f; the crown of life Js 1:12 (cp. Wsd 5:16 λ. τὸ διάδημα). συμφύγιον/σύμφυτον καὶ ὅπλον εὐδοκίας λάβωμεν Ἰησοῦν χριστόν the sense of this clause, restored from AcPl Ha 8, 23–24 and AcPl Ox 1602, 33–35 (=BMM recto 29–31) emerges as follows: and let us take Jesus Christ as our refuge/ally and shield, the assurance of God’s goodwill toward us. The early and late rain Js 5:7. ἔλεος receive mercy Hb 4:16 (Just., D. 133, 1). λ. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ υἱοῦ (θεοῦ) receive the name of the Son of God (in baptism) Hs 9, 12, 4. διάδοχον receive a successor Ac 24:27 (cp. Pliny the Younger, Ep. 9, 13 successorem accipio). τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ λαβέτω ἕτερος let another man receive his position 1:20 (Ps 108:8). τόπον ἀπολογίας λ. (τόπος 4) 25:16. λ. τι μετὰ εὐχαριστίας receive someth. w. thankfulness 1 Ti 4:4 (but s. 1 above, end.—On the construction with μετά cp. Libanius, Or. 63 p. 392, 3 F. μετὰ ψόγου λ.). τί ἔχεις ὅ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what have you that you did not receive? 1 Cor 4:7 (Alciphron 2, 6, 1 τί οὐ τῶν ἐμῶν λαβοῦσα ἔχεις;). Of punishments (cp. δίκην λ. Hdt. 1, 115; Eur., Bacch. 1312. ποινάς Eur., Tro. 360. πληγάς Philyllius Com. [V B.C.] 11 K.; GrBar 4:15 καταδίκην; Jos., Ant. 14, 336 τιμωρίαν) λ. περισσότερον κρίμα receive a punishment that is just so much more severe Mt 23:13 [14] v.l. (cp. κρίμα 4b); Mk 12:40; Lk 20:47; cp. Js 3:1. οἱ ἀνθεστηκότες ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται those who oppose will bring punishment upon themselves Ro 13:2. πεῖράν τινος λ. become acquainted with, experience, suffer someth. (X., An. 5, 8, 15; Polyb. 6, 3, 1; 28, 9, 7; 29, 3, 10; Diod S 12, 24, 4 τὴν θυγατέρα ἀπέκτεινεν, ἵνα μὴ τῆς ὕβρεως λάβῃ πεῖραν; 15, 88, 4; Jos., Ant. 2, 60; Preisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Museums zu Kairo [1911] 2, 11; 3, 11 πεῖραν λ. δαίμονος) μαστίγων πεῖραν λ. Hb 11:36 (the phrase in a diff. mng. vs. 29; s. 9b above).ⓒ Also used as a periphrasis for the passive: οἰκοδομὴν λ. be edified 1 Cor 14:5. περιτομήν be circumcised J 7:23 (Just., D. 23, 5 al.). τὸ χάραγμα receive a mark = be marked Rv 14:9, 11; 19:20; 20:4. καταλλαγήν be reconciled Ro 5:11. ὑπόμνησίν τινος be reminded of = remember someth. 2 Ti 1:5 (Just., D 19, 6 μνήμην λαμβάνητε); λήθην τινὸς λ. forget someth. (Timocles Com. [IV B.C.], Fgm. 6, 5 K.; Aelian, VH 3, 18 end, HA 4, 35; Jos., Ant. 2, 163; 202; 4, 304; Just., D. 46, 5 ἵνα μὴ λήθη ὑμᾶς λαμβάνῃ τοῦ θεοῦ) 2 Pt 1:9; χαρὰν λ. experience joy, rejoice Hv 3, 13, 2 ; GJs 12:2; ἀρχὴν λ. be begun, have its beginning (Pla et al.; Polyb. 1, 12, 9; Sext. Emp., Phys. 1, 366; Aelian, VH 2, 28; 12, 53; Dio Chrys. 40, 7; Philo, Mos. 1, 81 τρίτον [σημεῖον] … τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ γίνεσθαι λαβὸν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ; Just., D. 46, 4 τὴν ἀρχὴν λαβούσης ἀπὸ Ἀβραὰμ τῆς περιτομῆς; Ath. 19, 2 ἑτέραν ἀρχὴν τοῦ κόσμου λαβόντος) Hb 2:3; ApcPt Rainer ln. 19.—λ. τι ἀπό τινος receive someth. from someone (Epict. 4, 11, 3 λ. τι ἀπὸ τῶν θεῶν; Herm. Wr. 1, 30; ApcMos 19 ὅτε δὲ ἔλαβεν ἀπʼ ἐμοῦ τὸν ὄρκον; Just., D. 78, 10 τῶν λαβόντων χάριν ἀπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ) 1J 2:27; 3:22. Also τὶ παρά τινος (Pisander Epicus [VI B.C.] Fgm. 5 [in Athen. 11, 469d]; Diod S 5, 3, 4 λαβεῖν τι παρὰ τῶν θεῶν; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 8 [Stone p. 12] λαβὼν τὴν εὐχὴν παρʼ αὐτῶν; Just., A I, 60, 3 ἐνέργειαν τὴν παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ λεγομένην λαβεῖν τὸν Μωυσέα.—παρά A3aβ) J 10:18b; Ac 2:33; 3:5; 20:24; Js 1:7; 2J 4; Rv 2:28. λ. τὸ ἱκανὸν παρὰ τοῦ Ἰάσονος receive bail from Jason Ac 17:9 (s. ἱκανός 1). λ. τι ὑπό τινος be given someth. by someone 2 Cor 11:24. κλῆρον καὶ μερισμὸν λαμβάνοντες AcPl Ha 8, 18/Ox 1602, 22f [λαβόντες]=BMM recto 23f (s. κλῆρος 2). λ. τι ἔκ τινος receive someth. fr. a quantity of someth.: ἐκ τοῦ πληρώματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβομεν χάριν from his fullness we have received favor J 1:16. ἐκ τοῦ πνεύματος αὐτοῦ ἐλάβετε Hs 9, 24, 4.—λ. ἐξ ἀναστάσεως τοὺς νεκροὺς αὐτῶν (s. ἀνάστασις 2a) Hb 11:35. On ἐν γαστρὶ εἴληφα (LXX) GJs 4:2 and 4 s. γαστήρ 2 and συλλαμβάνω 3.—B. 743. Schmidt, Syn. III 203–33. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
12 κατατείνω
A : [tense] aor. - έτεινα (v. infr.):—stretch, draw tight,κατὰ δ' ἡνία τεῖνεν ὀπίσσω Il.3.261
, 311;κ. χαλινούς Hdt.4.72
; κ. τὰ ὅπλα draw the cables taut, Id.7.36;τὰ νεῦρα εἰς τὸ ἐξόπισθεν κ. Pl.Ti. 84e
.2 stretch for the purpose of setting a bone, Hp.Fract. 15:—also [voice] Med., ib.5:—[voice] Pass., μῦς κατατεταμένος ib.8.3 rack, torture, , cf. Ael. Fr. 176;κατατείνειν ταῖς κολάσεσι Id.Fr. 279
: metaph.,κ. τὴν ψυχήν Id.Fr.60
;κατέτεινέ με διηγούμενος Lib.Decl.33.25
;κατατείνεσθαι ὑπὸ ποδάγρας Phylarch.40
J., cf. AP11.128 (Poll.).4 stretch out or draw in a straight line, κατέτεινε σχοινοτενέας ὑποδέξας διώρυχας, i.e. he marked out the ditches by drawing straight lines, Hdt.1.189; δόλιχον κ. τοῦ λόγου make a very long speech, Pl.Prt. 329b; μακρὸν λόγον, πολλοὺς καὶ μακροὺς ἐλέγχους, Phlp.in APr.262.10, in APo.243.19;φεύγουσι κατατείναντες τὴν κέρκον Arist.HA 629b35
:—[voice] Pass., extend throughout, Id.PA 650a29.5 [voice] Pass., to be tightly bound,ὑπὸ δεσμοῦ Plu.Luc.24
.6 stretch on the ground, lay at full length, [ὁ ἐλέφας] τοὺς φοίνικας κ. ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Arist.HA 610a24
;κ. τινὰς ἐπὶ τοὔδαφος Plu. Publ.6
:—[voice] Pass., to be extended over a space, ; πρὸς γῆν πᾶν τὸ σῶμα ib. 92a;σκέλη ἐπὶ τῇ γῇ -τεταμένα Arist.IA 713a19
.7 metaph., strain, exert,κ. τὴν ῥώμην ὅλην Plb.21.34.7
(s. v.l.):—[voice] Pass., to be strained, μᾶλλον, ἧττον-τείνεσθαι, Pl.Ti. 63c, λόγοι κατατεινόμενοι words of hot contention, E.Hec. 130 (anap.);δρόμημα συνεχῶς -τεταμένον Arist.HA 629b19
; κ. τῷ προσώπῳ strain with the muscles of one's face, Plu.Ant.77; cf. infr. 11.2.II intr., extend or run straight towards,τάφρον -τείνουσαν ἐκ τῶν Ταυρικῶν ὀρέων ἐς τὴν Μαιῆτιν λίμνην Hdt.4.3
, cf. 9.15; γῆ κ. πρὸς ἑσπέρην ἐπὶ ποταμὸν Ἀγγίτην it stretches westward up to.., Id.7.113, cf. 4.19, X.HG4.4.7: abs., extend,ταύτῃ κ. Hdt.8.31
.b extend downwards, Plu.2.566d.2 strive earnestly, be vehement, E.IA 336;ἰσχυρῶς κ. X.An.2.5.30
; opp. χαλάω, Pl.R. 329c; κ. ἡ ὀδύνη v.l. for κατακτείνειε in Hp.Fract.43, cf. Gal.6.311: freq. in [tense] aor. part. with adverb. sense, with all one's force or might,κατατείνας ἐρῶ Pl.R. 358d
, cf. 367b;ὁ λέων τρέχει κ. Arist.HA 629b18
;ᾠχόμην κ. Luc.Lex.3
;ὄρνεις κατατείνασαι ἐκπτήσονται Id.Sat.35
.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κατατείνω
-
13 χείρων
χείρων, ὁ, ἡ, neut. χεῖρον, gen. -ονος, acc. - ονα: nom. and acc. pl. χείρονες, -ας, χείρονα, [var] contr. in [dialect] Att. Prose χείρους, χείρω; dat. χείροσι, poet.Aχειρόνεσσι Pi.N.8.22
:—(for [dialect] Ep. form [full] χερείων, poet. [full] χειρότερος, [full] χερειότερος, v. sub vocc.):—irreg. [comp] Comp. of κακός: ( χείρων from Χερ-ψων, cf. χερείων):I of persons, mcaner, inferior, either in bodily strength and bravery, or in rank, opp. ἀρείων, Il.10.238, Od.20.133;σὺ μὲν ἐσθλὸς ἐγὼ δὲ σέθεν πολὺ χείρων Il.20.434
; , cf. Od.20.82;ἦ πολὺ χείρονες ἄνδρες ἀμύμονος ἀνδρὸς ἄκοιτιν μνῶνται 21.325
; opp. κρείσσων, Pi.I.4(3).34(52);τὸν ὄλβιον τόν τε χ. E.Ba. 422
(lyr.);τὰ χείρονα S.Fr. 192
, E.Supp. 196.2 later in moral sense, worse than others, sts. almost like a positive, knave, opp. ἀγαθός, S.Ph. 456, cf. Th.3.9, Lys.16.3;οἱ πένητες καὶ οἱ δημόται καὶ οἱ χ. X.Ath.1.4
, cf. 3.10; οἱ χ., opp. οἱ ἀγαθοί, Pl.R. 460c, etc.3 worse in quality, inferior, of horses, Il.23.572: inferior, less skilful,ἰητροί Hp.Acut.6
; ζωγράφοι, δημιουργοί, etc., Pl.Cra. 429a, R. 421e, etc.: χ. εἰς σοφίαν, εἰς τὴν ἀρετήν, Id.Tht. 162c, R. 335b;πρὸς ἀλήθειαν Luc. JTr.48
; c. acc.,χ. τὰ πολεμικά X.Cyr.8.8.20
; χ. τὴν ψυχήν, τὴν διάνοιαν, Aeschin.3.46. Isoc.11.43;τὰ ἄλλα μηδὲν χ. Id.4.105
; c. inf.,χ. ἡμῶν ταῦτα ποιεῖν X.Cyr.2.1.16
; οὐδὲν χείρους ἔσεσθε.. ἀκηκοότες you will be none the worse for having heard.., D.24.139; less kind,μὴ χ. περὶ ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς εἶναι.. τῶν ὑπαρχόντων Id.2.2
.III neut.,1 as a Subst.,τὸ χ.
inferiority,Polem.
Call.27; but mostly in phrases with Preps., ἐπὶ τὸ χ. τρέπεσθαι, κλῖναι, fall off, get worse, X.Cyr.8.8.2, Mem.3.5.13;ἐπὶ τὸ χ. μεταβάλλει ἑαυτόν Pl.R. 381b
; ἀλλοιοῦσθαι ἐπὶ τὸ χ., opp. ἐπὶ τὸ βέλτιον, Thphr.CP6.3.3; also πάντα ὑποπτεύοντες ἐπὶ τὸ χ. putting the worst construction on.. D.H.6.85;λαμβάνειν τι ἐπὶ τὸ χ. J.AJ16.7.4
; alsoπρὸς τὸ χ. μεταβάλλειν D.S.20.57
;κατὰ τὸ χ. Pl.Lg. 720e
; in the lower sense, opp. κατὰ τὸ κρεῖττον, Dam.Pr.7: less freq. in pl.,ἐπὶ τὰ χείρω ἰέναι X. Mem.3.9.9
;τὰ χ. προαιρεῖσθαι Isoc.8.110
.2 as a predicate, ἀλλὰ σοὶ αὐτῷ χ. (sc. ἐστί or ἔσται) Od.15.515, cf. X.An.7.6.4; with a neg., οὐ χ. [ἐστι] c. inf., we may as well, Pl.Phd. 105a, Arist. EN 1127a14; simply οὐ χεῖρον, in an answer, it is as well, Ar.Eq. 37;λάβ', ὦγάθ'· οὐδὲν χ. Clearch.Com.4
. -
14 νέμω
A , ([etym.] ἀπο-) Pl.Phlb. 65b, later : [tense] aor. ἔνειμα, [dialect] Ep.νεῖμα Il.3.274
: [tense] pf. νενέμηκα ([etym.] δια-) X.Cyr.4.5.45:—[voice] Med., νέμομαι, [tense] fut.νεμοῦμαι Th.4.64
, D.21.203; [dialect] Ion. νεμέομαι ([etym.] ἀνα-) Hdt.1.173; laterνεμήσομαι D.H.8.71
, Plu.Crass.14, etc.: [tense] aor.ἐνειμάμην Th.8.21
, etc. ( ἐνεμησάμην is f.l. in Clearch.10, Hp.Oss.18 ([etym.] ὑπο-)):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.νεμηθήσομαι Plu. Agis14
(also νεμήσομαι in pass. sense ([etym.] δια-) App.BC4.3): [tense] aor. , D.36.38 (also in med. sense ([etym.] κατ-) Plu.Per.34, Ath.15.677e): [tense] pf. , etc. (also in med. sense, D.47.35).—Hom. uses of the [voice] Act., only [tense] pres., [tense] impf., and [tense] aor.; of the [voice] Med., [tense] pres. and [tense] impf.A deal out, dispense, freq. in Hom., esp. of meat and drink, μοίρας, κύπελλα, κρέα, μέθυ ν., Od.8.470, 10.357, Il.9.217, Od.7.179, cf. IG12.10.3, al.; οἱ γεωνόμοι νειμάντων τὴν γῆν ib.45.7: then generally, distribute, of the gods,Ζεὺς.. νέμει ὄλβον.. ἀνθρώποισιν Od.6.188
;Ζεὺς τά τε καὶ τὰ νέμει Pi.I.5(4).52
, cf. P.5.55;θεῶν τὰ ἴς α νεμόντων Hdt.6.11
, 109;Ζεὺς νέμων εἰκότως ἄδικα μὲν κακοῖς, ὅσια δ' ἐννόμοις A.Supp. 403
(lyr.); [Διὶ] τὸν ὑπεραλγῆ χόλον ν. leave vengeance to Zeus, S.El. 176 (lyr.); of men,ν. δευτερεῖά τινι Hdt.1.32
;τρίτον μέρος τῶν σκύλων τισί Th.3.114
; μοῖραν ν. τινί pay one due honour, respect, A.Pr. 294 (lyr.); μητρὸς τιμὰς ν. respect her privileges, Id.Eu. 624 (but πρόσω ν. τιμάς extend one's privileges, ib. 747);Λύκῳ κῆπον Εὐβοίας νέμει S.Fr.24
; Πολυκράτης μητέρα νέμει P. allots a mother (to you), prov. in Duris63 J.;εἰ πατρὸς νέμοι τιν' ὤραν τοῦ καλῶς πράσσειν δοκεῖν S. Tr.57
;τὸ σὸν γέρας τιμὴν ἐμοὶ ν. Id.Ph. 1062
;ἐκείνῳ.. αἰτίαν νέμει Id.Aj.28
; ν. αἵρεσιν give one a choice, ib. 265; affords, vouchsafes,E.
Hipp. 745 (lyr.); τὸ πιστὸν τῆς ἀληθείας ν. observe it, S.Tr. 398;τῷ.. ὄχλῳ πλέον ν. E.Hec. 868
;μήτε οἴκτῳ πλέον ν. μήτ' ἐπιεικείᾳ Th.3.48
;τὸ ἧσσον ἀδικίᾳ E.Supp. 380
(lyr.); τῷ φθόνῳ πλέον μέρος ib. 241; ;ἔλασσόν τινι Antipho 5.10
;χάριν τινί Ar.Av. 384
;πενίᾳ καὶ πλούτῳ τιμὴν ν. Pl.Lg. 696a
; of judges, κολαστὴν.. θάνατον ν. ib. 863a;συγγνώμην τισί Gal.6.753
: c. inf., (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., νέμεται ἐπὶ τοὺς Ἕλληνας is freely bestowed upon them, Hdt.9.7.α'; κρέα νενεμημένα portions of meat, X.An.7.3.21; πλεῖστα μέρη ἡ οὐσία νενεμημένη distributed into.., Pl.Prm. 144d.2 pay out, distribute a bandage, in [voice] Act. and [voice] Pass., Hp. Off.8,22, Fract.4,16, Sor.Fasc.4, al.3 allot, distribute in groups,πρὸς τὴν λῆξιν ἑκάστην Arist.Ath.30.3
, cf. 31.3 ([voice] Pass.);νεῖμαί τινας ἐς τὰς φυλὰς δέκαχα IG22.1.33
:—[voice] Pass.,ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς ἑκάστης νενεμημέναι τριττύες τρεῖς Arist.Ath.8.3
, cf. 63.4.II [voice] Med., distribute among themselves: hence, have and hold as one's portion, possess,πατρώϊα πάντα νέμεσθαι Od.20.336
: mostly of land, τεμένεα, τέμενος, 11.185, Il.12.313;ἔργα 2.751
, Hes.Op. 119; πρὸς τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐνειμάμην (sc. οὐσίαν) Lys.16.10, cf. 19.46; τἄλλα νεμομένη administering.., Hdt.4.165; τὰ μέταλλα, τὰ ἐμπόρια, Id.7.112, Th. 1.100; [τὰ λήμματα] ἃ νέμεσθε which you enjoy, D.3.33: abs., ἔμ' οἴεσθ' ὑμῖν εἰσοίσειν ὑμᾶς δὲ νεμεῖσθαι; that you shall reap the fruit, Id.21.203.2 reap the fruit of: hence, dwell in, inhabit,ἄλσεα νέμεσθαι Il.20.8
; freq. with names of places, spread over, occupy a country, Ἰθάκην, Ὑρίην νέμεσθαι, Od.2.167, Il.2.496;ἀγρούς Pi.P.4.150
;τὸ πρὸς τὴν ἠῶ Hdt.4.19
, etc.;νεμόμενοι τὰ αὑτῶν.. ὅσον ἀποζῆν Th.1.2
.3 in Pi., of Time, spend, pass, αἰῶνα, ἁμέραν, O.2.66, N.10.56: abs., live,ἡσυχᾷ νεμόμενος P.11.55
.III from Pi. onwards, [voice] Act. is found in sense of [voice] Med., hold, possess,ἕδος Ὀλύμπου ν. O.2.12
;ἔνδον ν. πλοῦτον κρυφαῖον I.1.67
; inhabit,γῆν ν. Hdt.4.191
;χωρίον κοινῇ ν. Th.5.42
; (lyr.); ὅτι πλείστους ν. ἄνδρας to have as many husbands as possible, Str.11.13.11: abs., hold land, occupy, dwell,ν. περὶ τὴν λίμνην Hdt.4.188
:—[voice] Pass., of places, to be inhabited,πάντα ὑπὸ βαρβάροισι νέμεται Id.7.158
: abs., of a country, maintain itself, be constituted, Th.1.5,6.2 hold sway over, manage,πόλιν Hdt. 1.59
, 5.29; τὰς Ἀθήνας ib.71, etc.;λαόν Pi.O.13.27
; (lyr.);ἀστραπᾶν κράτη ν. S.OT 201
(lyr.); κράτη καὶ θρόνους ib. 237, cf.Aj. 1016; (Ptolemais, iii B.C.); (lyr.); οἴακα ν. wield, manage it, A.Ag. 802 (anap.);ἀσπίδ' εὔκυκλον ν. Id.Th. 590
; ἰσχὺν ν. ἐπὶ σκήπτροις support oneself on staves, Id.Ag.75 (anap.); ν. γλῶσσαν use the tongue, ib. 685 (lyr.);ν. πόδα Pi.N.6.15
: abs., hold sway,ὃς Συρακόσσαισι ν. Id.P.3.70
.3 hold, consider as..,σὲ νέμω θεόν S.El. 150
(lyr.), cf. 598, Tr. 483, Aj. 1331 (so in [voice] Pass., οὐδέ μοι ἐμμελέως τὸ Πιττάκειον νέμεται seems not to me fitly said, Simon.5.9): in Prose, προστάτην νέμειν τινά register as one's patron, Isoc.8.53, Hyp.Fr.21, Arist.Pol. 1275a12;ἡγεμόνα ν. τινά Agatharch.Fr.Hist.17J.
; ἀθλητῶν τοὺς μὴ νενεμημένους ἢ σεσωμασκηκότας unproved athletes, Plb. 6.47.8.B of herdsmen, pasture, graze their flocks, drive to pasture, abs.,ἐπῆλθε νέμων Od.9.233
; [χώραν] ἱκανὴν νέμειν τε καὶ ἀροῦν both for pasture and tillage, Pl.R. 373d: c. acc.,ὁ μὲν ἵππους νέμων, ὁ δὲ βοῦς Hdt.8.137
;μῆλα E.Cyc.28
, etc.; κτήνη πληγῇ ν. drive them afield with blows, Pl.Criti. 109c, cf. Heraclit.11 ([voice] Pass.).2 more freq. in [voice] Med., of cattle, feed, graze, Il.5.777, 15.631, Od.13.407, Hdt. 8.115, etc.: c. acc. loci, range over,ὡς λέαινα.. δρύοχα νεμομένα E.El. 1163
(lyr.);κολοιοὶ ταπεινὰ ν. Pi.N.3.82
: c. acc. cogn., feed on,νέμεαι.. ἄνθεα ποίης Od.9.449
;νομάς Hdt.1.78
; ;τὰ λευκὰ σήσαμα Ar.Av. 159
; of men, eat, S.Ph. 709 (lyr.).b metaph., of fire, consume, devour, Il.23.177, Hdt.5.101; alsoτὸ ψεῦδος.. νέμεται τὴν ψυχήν Plu.2.165a
.c Medic., abs., of ulcers, spread,ἐνέμετο πρόσω Hdt.3.133
, cf. Thphr.HP9.9.5; of gangrene, prob. in D.S.17.103; of thrush, Asclep. ap. Gal.12.995;ἐπὶ μᾶλλον ν. Aret.CA1.9
; ἐς τὸ εἴσω ν. ibid.; of a swelling,ὄγκος νεμόμενος Philum.Ven.17.1
.II c. acc. loci, ὄρη νέμειν graze the hills [with cattle], X.Cyr.3.2.20:—[voice] Pass.,[τὸ ὄρος] νέμεται αἰξὶ καὶ βουσί Id.An. 4.6.17
.2 metaph., πυρὶ νέμειν πόλιν waste a city by fire, give it to the flames, Hdt.6.33:—[voice] Pass., πυρὶ χθὼν νέμοιτο were being devoured, wasted by fire, Il.2.780;πυρὶ νέμεται.. ἡ φάλαγξ Plu.Alex. 18
. (Cf. OHG. neman 'take', Avest. n[schwa]mah- 'loan', Lith. nuoma 'rent', 'usury'.) -
15 οὐρανός
οὐρανός, οῦ, ὁ 24:31 (Hom.+; ‘heaven’ in various senses)① the portion or portions of the universe gener. distinguished from planet earth, heaven (so mostly in the sing.; s. B-D-F §141, 1)ⓐ mentioned w. the earthα. forming a unity w. it as the totality of creation (Pla., Euthyd. 296d οὐρανὸς καὶ γῆ; Gen 1:1; 14:19, 22; Tob 7:17 BA; Jdth 9:12; Bel 5; 1 Macc 2:37 al.; PsSol 8:7; ParJer 5:32; Just., D. 74, 1; PGM 13, 784 ὁ βασιλεύων τῶν οὐρανῶν κ. τῆς γῆς κ. πάντων τῶν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐνδιατριβόντων; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 59, 6; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 13]) ὁ οὐρανὸς καὶ ἡ γῆ Mt 5:18; 11:25; 24:35; Mk 13:31; Lk 10:21; 16:17; 21:33; Ac 4:24; 14:15; 17:24 (on the absence of the art. s. B-D-F §253, 3); Rv 14:7; 20:11; Dg 3:4; AcPlCor 2:9; 19.β. standing independently beside the earth or contrasted w. it: Mt 5:34f; Ac 7:49 (cp. on both Is 66:1). ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ καὶ ἐπὶ (τῆς) γῆς Mt 6:10; 28:18; Lk 11:2 v.l.; Rv 5:13.—1 Cor 8:5; Rv 5:3; ISm 11:2. τὸ πρόσωπον τ. γῆς καὶ τ. οὐρανοῦ Lk 12:56. Cp. Hb 12:26 (Hg 2:6); Js 5:12.—τὰ ἔσχατα τ. γῆς as extreme contrast to heaven 1 Cl 28:3. By God’s creative word the heaven was fixed and the earth founded on the waters Hv 1, 3, 4. Neither heaven nor earth can be comprehended by human measure 16:2 (Is 40:12). On ἀπʼ ἄκρου γῆς ἕως ἄκρου οὐρανοῦ Mk 13:27 s. under ἄκρον. ὁ πρῶτος οὐρ. καὶ ἡ πρώτη γῆ will give way in the last times to the οὐρ. καινός and the γῆ καινή Rv 21:1 (cp. Is 65:17; 66:22).ⓑ as firmament or sky over the earth; out of reach for humans Hm 11:18. Hence ἕως οὐρανοῦ (ApcEsdr 4:32) Mt 11:23; Lk 10:15 or εἰς τὸν οὐρ. Hv 4, 1, 5 as an expr. denoting a great height. Likew. ἀπὸ τ. γῆς ἕως τ. οὐρανοῦ 1 Cl 8:3 (scripture quot. of unknown origin); GPt 10:40 (for a transcendent being who walks on the earth and whose head touches the sky, s. Il. 4, 443). Since the heaven extends over the whole earth, ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. under (the) heaven = on earth, throughout the earth (Pla., Tim. 23c, Ep. 7, 326c; UPZ 106, 14 [99 B.C.]; Eccl 1:13; 3:1; Just., A II, 5, 2) Ac 2:5; 4:12; Col 1:23; Hs 9, 17, 4; m 12, 4, 2. ὑποκάτωθεν τοῦ οὐρανοῦ throughout the earth 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14). ἐκ τῆς (i.e. χώρας) ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὴν ὑπʼ οὐρανόν from one place on earth to another Lk 17:24 (cp. Dt 29:19; Bar 5:3; 2 Macc 2:18 ἐκ τῆς ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρ. εἰς τὸν ἅγιον τόπον).—In the last days there will appear τέρατα ἐν τ. οὐρανῷ ἄνω wonders in the heaven above Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3 v.l.). σημεῖον ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Rv 12:1, 3 (cp. Diod S 2, 30, 1 τὰ ἐν οὐρανῷ γινόμενα=what takes place in the heavens; Ael. Aristid. 50, 56 K.=26 p. 519 D., where the statue of Asclepius from Pergamum appears ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ). The sky can even be rolled up; s. ἑλίσσω.—Rain falls fr. heaven (X., An. 4, 2, 2) and heaven is closed to bring about a drought Lk 4:25.—Rv 11:6; Js 5:18 (cp. 2 Ch 6:26; 7:13; Sir 48:3). Lightning also comes fr. heaven (Bacchylides 17, 55f ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ … ἀστραπάν [=Attic-ήν]) Lk 10:18. Likew. of other things that come down like rain to punish sinners: fire Lk 9:54 (cp. 4 Km 1:10; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 14 [Stone p. 24]); Rv 20:9; fire and brimstone Lk 17:29 (cp. Gen 19:24); apocalyptic hail Rv 16:21; AcPl Ha 5, 7.ⓒ as starry heaven IEph 19:2. τὰ ἄστρα τοῦ οὐρ. (cp. ἄστρον and s. Eur., Phoen. 1; Diod S 6, 2, 2 ἥλιον κ. σελήνην κ. τὰ ἄλλα ἄστρα τὰ κατʼ οὐρανόν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 13 K.=1 p. 5 D.; TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 1 [Stone p. 4]; JosAs 2:11) Hb 11:12. οἱ ἀστέρες τοῦ οὐρ. 1 Cl 32:2 (Gen 22:17); cp. 10:6 (Gen 15:5). In the time of tribulation at the end of the world the stars will fall fr. heaven Mt 24:29a; Mk 13:25a; Rv 6:13; 12:4. Cp. 8:10; 9:1. ἡ στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. (s. οὐράνιος) the host of heaven, of the stars, which some Israelites illicitly worshipped Ac 7:42 (worship of the στρατιὰ τοῦ οὐρ. in enmity to Yahweh also Jer 7:18; 19:13; Zeph 1:5; 2 Ch 33:3, 5). These are also meant by the δυνάμεις τῶν οὐρανῶν Mt 24:29b; Lk 21:26; cp. Mk 13:25b (cp. δύναμις 4).ⓓ as place of atmosphere (cp. TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 15 [Stone p. 22] εἰς τὴν αἰθέρα τοῦ οὐρανοῦ); clouds hover in it, the νεφέλαι τοῦ οὐρ. (s. νεφέλη) Mt 24:30b; 26:64; Mk 14:62; D 16:8. Likew. the birds, τὰ πετεινὰ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (Gen 1:26; Ps 8:9; Jdth 11:7; ParJer 7:3; cp. Bar 3:17) Mt 6:26; 8:20; 13:32; Mk 4:32; Lk 8:5; 9:58; Ac 10:12; 11:6; 6:12 (Gen 1:26), 18; Hs 9, 24, 1; GJs 3:2 codd.; 18:2 codd.—πυρράζει ὁ οὐρανός Mt 16:2, 3.—In connection w. τὸν σατανᾶν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεσόντα Lk 10:18 the atmosphere may well be thought of as an abode of evil spirits. On Satan as the ἄρχων τῆς ἐξουσίας τοῦ ἀέρος, s. ἀήρ. Cp. also the λεγόμενοι θεοὶ εἴτε ἐν οὐρ. εἴτε ἐπὶ γῆς 1 Cor 8:5. In any case Rv 12:7f speaks of the dragon and his angels as being in heaven.ⓔ The concept of more than one heaven (the idea is Semitic; but s. FTorm, ZNW 33, ’34, 48–50, who refers to Anaximander and Aristot. Also Ps.-Apollod. 1, 6, 1, 2 ms. and Achilles Tat. 2, 36, 4 and 37, 2 ms. have οὐρανοί; Himerius, Or. 66 [=Or. 20], 4 οὐρανοί as the abode of the gods; also Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.] c. 66 JFlach of the ‘godless heathen’ Tribonian.—Schlatter, Mt2 p. 58 on 3:2: ‘The pl. οὐρανοί is found neither in Philo nor Joseph.’ Cp. PKatz, Philo’s Bible ’50, 141–46; Mussies 84) is also found in our lit. (s. 1aα; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 15]), but it is not always possible to decide with certainty just where the idea is really alive and where it simply survives in a formula (in J’s Gospel the pl. is entirely absent; Rv has it only 12:12 [fr. LXX]. Eph always has the pl. In others the sing. and pl. are interchanged for no apparent reason [cp. Hb 9:23 w. 24 or Hv 1, 1, 4 w. 1, 2, 1; also GPt 10:40f; Ps. 113:11 lines 1 and 2; TestAbr, TestJob, Just., Tat.]): the third heaven (cp. Ps.-Lucian, Philopatris 12 ἐς τρίτον οὐρανὸν ἀεροβατήσας [s. on ἀνακαινίζω and πνεῦμα 8]; PSI 29, 2ff [IV A.D.?] ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν καθήμενον ἐν τῷ πρώτῳ οὐρανῷ … ἐν τῷ β´ οὐρ. … ἐν τῷ γ´ οὐρ.; Simplicius, In Epict. p. 100, 13 Düb. ὀκτὼ οὐρανοί; TestLevi 3:3; GrBar 11:1 εἰς πέμπτον οὐ. Combination of the third heaven and paradise, GrBar 10:1ff; ApcMos 37. S. τρίτος 1a) 2 Cor 12:2 (s. JohJeremias, Der Gottesberg 1919, 41ff; Ltzm., Hdb.4 ’49, exc. on 2 Cor 12:3f [lit.]). ὑπεράνω πάντων τῶν οὐρανῶν Eph 4:10. τ. πάντα ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς κ. ἐπὶ τ. γῆς Col 1:16; cp. vs. 20. ἔργα τ. χειρῶν σού εἰσιν οἱ οὐρ. Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26).—4:14; 7:26; 2 Pt 3:5, 7, 10, 12f (of the heavens, their destruction in the final conflagration, and their replacement by the καινοὶ οὐρ.); 1 Cl 20:1; 33:3. τακήσονταί τινες τῶν οὐρανῶν 2 Cl 16:3.—S. also Lampe s.v. 2.—From the concept of various celestial levels a transition is readily made to② transcendent abode, heaven (the pl. is preferred for this mng.: B-D-F §141, 1; Rob. 408)ⓐ as the dwelling-place (or throne) of God (Sappho, Fgm. 56 D.2 [=Campbell 54] of Eros; Solon 1, 22 D.3 of Zeus; Hom. Hymn to Aphrodite 291 [all three οὐρ. in the sing. as the seat of the gods]; Pla., Phdr. 246e ὁ μέγας ἐν οὐρανῷ Ζεύς; Ps.-Aristot., De Mundo 2, 2; 3, 4 ὁ οὐρ. as οἰκητήριον θεοῦ or θεῶν; Dio Chrys. 19[36], 22 θεῶν μακάρων κατʼ οὐρανόν; Artem. 2, 68 p. 159, 13 ὁ οὐρανὸς θεῶν ἐστὶν οἶκος; Ael. Aristid. 43, 14 K.=1 p. 5 D.; Maximus Tyr. 11, 11b; ins from Saïtaï in Lydia [δύναμις 5]; IAndrosIsis, Cyrene 8 p. 129.—On the OT: GWestphal, Jahwes Wohnstätten 1908, 214–73) Mt 23:22; Ac 7:55f; Hb 8:1; 16:2b (Is 66:1); Dg 10:7. ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρ. Hv 1, 1, 6 (cp. Tob 5:17 S). ὁ θεὸς τοῦ οὐρ. (Gen 24:3) Rv 11:13; 16:11. ὁ κύριος ἐν οὐρανοῖς Eph 6:9; cp. Col 4:1. ὁ πατὴρ ὑμῶν (μου, ἡμῶν) ὁ ἐν (τοῖς) οὐρ. (silver tablet fr. Amisos: ARW 12, 1909, 25 ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ μέγας ὁ ἐν οὐρανῷ καθήμενος) Mt 5:16, 45; 6:1, 9; 7:11, 21b; 10:33; 12:50; 16:17; 18:10b, 14, 19; Mk 11:25f; Lk 11:2 v.l.; D 8:2 (here the sing. ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρ. Cp. PGM 12, 261 τῷ ἐν οὐρανῷ θεῷ). ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἐξ οὐρανοῦ the Father who (gives) from heaven Lk 11:13 (Jos., Ant. 9, 73 ἐκχέαι τὸν θεὸν ἐξ οὐρανοῦ). God dwells in τὰ ὕψη τῶν οὐρ. 1 Cl 36:2. Therefore the one who prays looks up toward heaven: ἀναβλέπειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. (s. ἀναβλέπω 1) Mt 14:19; Mk 6:41; 7:34; Lk 9:16; MPol 9:2; 14:1. ἀτενίσας εἰς τὸν οὐρ. εἶδεν δόξαν θεοῦ Ac 7:55; ἐπάρας τ. ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸν οὐρ. J 17:1.—The Spirit of God comes fr. (the open) heaven Mt 3:16; Mk 1:10; Lk 3:21; J 1:32; Ac 2:2(–4); 1 Pt 1:12; AcPlCor 2:5. The voice of God resounds fr. it (Maximus Tyr. 35, 7b Διὸς ἐξ οὐρανοῦ μέγα βοῶντος, the words follow) Mt 3:17; Mk 1:11; Lk 3:22; J 12:28; Ac 11:9; MPol 9:1 (cp. Just., D. 88, 8), and it is gener. the place where divine pronouncements originate Ac 11:5 and their end vs. 10. The ὀργὴ θεοῦ reveals itself fr. heaven Ro 1:18 (s. Jos., Bell. 1, 630 τὸν ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ δικαστήν). Also, a σημεῖον ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τοῦ οὐρ. is a sign given by God Mt 16:1; Mk 8:11; Lk 11:16; cp. 21:11.—Lampe s.v. 4.ⓑ Christ is ἐξ οὐρανοῦ from heaven, of a heavenly nature 1 Cor 15:47 (s. ἄνθρωπος 1d. On this HKennedy, St. Paul and the Conception of the ‘Heavenly Man’: Exp. 8th ser., 7, 1913, 97–110; EGraham, CQR 113, ’32, 226) and has come down from heaven J 3:13b, 31; 6:38, 42, 50 (Ar. 15, 1 ἀπʼ οὐρανοῦ καταβάς; Mel., P. 66, 467 ἀφικόμενος ἐξ οὐρανῶν), as ὁ ἄρτος ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ (s. ἄρτος 2). Cp. Ro 10:6. He returned to heaven (τὴν ἔνσαρκον εἰς τοὺς οὐρανοὺ ἀνάληψιν Iren. 1, 10, 1 [Harv. I 91, 2]; on the ascension s. CHönn, Studien zur Geschichte der Hf. im klass. Altertum: Progr. Mannheim 1910; EPfister, Der Reliquienkult im Altertum II 1912, 480ff; HDiels, Himmels u. Höllenfahrten v. Homer bis Dante: NJklA 49, 1922, 239–53; RHolland, Zur Typik der Himmelfahrt: ARW 23, 1925, 207–20; JKroll, Gott u. Hölle ’32, 533 [ind.: Ascensus]; WMichaelis, Zur Überl. der Hf.s-geschichte: ThBl 4, 1925, 101–9; AFridrichsen, D. Hf. bei Lk: ibid. 6, 1927, 337–41; GBertram, Die Hf. Jesu vom Kreuz: Deissmann Festschr. 1927, 187–217 [UHolzmeister, ZKT 55, ’31, 44–82]; HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930, 1ff; VLarrañaga, L’Ascension de Notre-Seigneur dans le NT ’38 [fr. Spanish]. S. also at ἀνάστασις 2 end, and διά A 2a) to live there in glory: Mk 16:19; Lk 24:51; Ac 1:10f (AZwiep, The Ascension of the Messiah in Lukan Christology ’97); 2:34; 7:55f; 9:3; 22:6; 1 Pt 3:22; 15:9. Christians await his return fr. heaven: Ac 1:11; Phil 3:20; 1 Th 1:10; 4:16; 2 Th 1:7 (Just., A I, 51, 8 al.).—When Messianic woes have come to an end, τότε φανήσεται τὸ σημεῖον τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου ἐν οὐρανῷ then the sign of the Human One (who is) in heaven will appear; acc. to the context, the sign consists in this, that he appears visibly in heavenly glory Mt 24:30.—Lampe s.v. 10b.ⓒ as the abode of angels (Gen 21:17; 22:11; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 8, 12; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 34 [Stone p. 8]; ParJer 3:2; ApcMos 38; Just., D. 57, 2) Mt 18:10a; 22:30; 24:36; 28:2; Mk 12:25; 13:32; Lk 2:15; 22:43; J 1:51; Gal 1:8; Rv 10:1; 18:1; 19:14; 20:1. Cp. Eph 3:15.—Lampe s.v. 7.ⓓ Christians who have died also dwell in heaven (cp. Dio Chrys. 23 [40], 35 οὐρανοῦ καὶ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ θείων κ. μακαρίων αἰώνιον τάξιν; Libanius, Or. 21 p. 459, 9 F. πόρρω τοῦ τὸν οὐρανὸν οἰκοῦντος χοροῦ; Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 33, 5; 12; Artem. 2, 68 p. 160, 25 τὰς ψυχὰς ἀπαλλαγείσας τῶν σωμάτων εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν ἀνιέναι τάχει χρωμένας ὑπερβάλλοντι; Himerius, Or. 8 [=23], 23: the daemon of the dead holds the σῶμα of the dead person, τὴν ψυχὴν ὁ οὐρανός; Quintus Smyrn. 7, 88; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 26 [Stone p. 54]; TestJob 39:13; ApcEsdr 7:3). Their life, τὸ ἀληθῶς ἐν οὐρανῷ ζῆν, stands in strong contrast to the ὄντως θάνατος, that leads to the everlasting fire Dg 10:7b. Rhoda, who greets Hermas from heaven Hv 1, 1, 4, need not have died (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.), and still she shows us that heaven is open to the devout. Furthermore, the true citizenship of Christians is in heaven (Tat. 16, 1 τὴν ἐν οὐρανοῖς πορείαν; s. πολίτευμα) Phil 3:20; cp. Dg 5:9. Their names are enrolled in heaven (s. βίβλος 2) Lk 10:20; Hb 12:23. In heaven there await them their glorified body 2 Cor 5:1f, their reward Mt 5:12; Lk 6:23, their treasure Mt 6:20; Lk 12:33, the things they hoped for Col 1:5, their inheritance 1 Pt 1:4. It is a place of peace Lk 19:38.—ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ the New Jerusalem (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα 2) will come down to earth Rv 3:12; 21:2, 10.ⓔ The concept of a heaven in which God, attendant spirits of God, and the righteous dead abide, makes it easy to understand the taking over of certain OT expressions in which heaven is personified εὐφραίνεσθε οἱ οὐρανοί (cp. Is 44:23; 49:13; Mel., P. 98, 747) Rv 12:12; cp. 18:20; 9:3 (Is 1:2); 11:2 (Jer 2:12); 1 Cl 27:7 (Ps 18:2).③ an indirect reference to God, God fig. ext. of 2 (s. βασιλεία 1b.—A common Hebrew practice, but not unknown among polytheists: Philippides Com. [IV/III B.C.] 27 νὴ τὸν οὐρανόν. Acc. to Clem. Al., Protr. 5, 66, 4 Θεόφραστος πῇ μὲν οὐρανὸν, πῇ δὲ πνεῦμα τὸν θεὸν ὑπονοεῖ=Theophrastus at one time thinks of God as heaven and at another time as spirit; Appian, Hann. 56 §233 σημεῖα ἐκ Διός [ln. 14 Viereck-R.]=ἐξ οὐρανοῦ [ln. 16]; JosAs 19:2; SEG XXVIII, 1251, 3 [III/IV A.D.; s. New Docs 3, 49f]). ἁμαρτάνειν εἰς τὸν οὐρ. sin against God Lk 15:18, 21. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ ἢ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30f; Lk 20:4f. βασιλεία τῶν οὐρ. (GrBar 11:2) in Mt=βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ 3:2; 4:17; 5:3, 10, 19f; 7:21; 8:11; 10:7; 11:11f; 13:11, 24, 31, 33, 44f, 47, 52; 16:19; 18:1, 3f, 23; 19:12, 14, 23; 20:1; 22:2; 23:13; 25:1: J 3:5 v.l.; AcPl Ha 8, 31 (restored)=BMM verso 3.—B. 53; 1484. DELG. M-M. DLNT 439–43. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
16 προΐημι
Aπροΐει Il.2.752
; [ per.] 3sg. subj. προϊῇ (v.l. 3 opt. προΐοι) h.Ven. 152: [tense] impf. προΐειν, εις, ει, Il.1.326, 336, Od.9.88, 10.100, etc.: [tense] fut. προήσω: [tense] aor. 1 προῆκα, [dialect] Ep. προέηκα, both in Hom.: [tense] aor. 2 ind. [ per.] 3pl.πρόεσαν Od.8.399
; opt.προεῖεν X.An. 7.2.15
codd.; imper.πρόες Il.16.241
(on the accent, v. Hdn.Gr.2.931), [ per.] 3sg.προέτω 11.796
; inf. προέμεν for προεῖναι, Od.10.155:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 1προηκάμην D.19.78
,84, 32.15, etc.: [tense] aor. 2 opt. πρόοιντο orπροοῖντο Th.1.120
, D.18.254, cf. X.An.1.9.10:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf. προεῖμαι, [tense] plpf. προεῖτο, D. (v. infr. 11.1). [On the quantity, v. ἵημι.]:—send forth, send forward, Il.1.195 (tm.), 326, 336, etc.; esp. send troops forward, X. Cyr. 7.1.22,27 : also, send a thing or person to another,ἀγγελίας Od.2.92
;ἐπ' Αἴαντα.. κήρυκα Il.12.342
;τῷ κῦδος ἅμα πρόες 16.241
: in Hom. freq. with inf. added to define the action,Ταλθύβιον προΐει.. ἰέναι Il.3.118
;αἰετὼ.. προέηκε πέτεσθαι Od.2.147
; [οὖρον] προέηκεν ἀῆναι 3.183
; π. τινὰ διδασκέμεναι, μυθήσασθαι, πυθέσθαι, Il.9.442, 11.201, 649;ἑτάρους π. πεύθεσθαι Od.9.88
; so βασιλευέμεν τοι προήσειν will allow thee to.., Pi.P.4.166.2 dismiss, let go, τινα Il.4.398; τήνδε θεῷ πρόες let her go to the god, i.e. in reverence to him, 1.127.3 let loose, let fall, esp. thoughtlessly, ἔπος προέηκε let drop a word, Od.14.466;φήμην 20.105
; πηδάλιον ἐκ χειρῶν προέηκε he let the helm slip from his hands, 5.316: with inf., πόδα προέηκε φέρεσθαι let slip his foot so that it fell, 19.468.4 with direct purpose, cast, of a fisherman,ἐς πόντον π. βοὸς κέρας 12.253
.5 of missiles, discharge, shoot, ἔγχος, βέλος, ὀϊστόν, etc., Il.5.15, 280, 11.270, 13.662, etc.; ἀκόντια π. ἐπὶ τὸν νεβρόν f.l. in X.Cyn.9.6 of a river, ἐς Πηνειὸν προΐει ὕδωρ it pours its water into the Peneius, Il.2.752, cf. Hes.Fr.37, E.Hipp. 124 (lyr.).II give up, deliver, betray one to his enemy, Hdt.1.159, 3.137; χρήματα μέν σφι π. offering to give them.., Id.1.24, cf. Ar.Nu. 1214;τὰς ναῦς π. τινί Th.8.32
: with an inf. added,γυναῖκα.. π. ἀπάγεσθαι Hdt.2.115
:—[voice] Pass., to be given or thrown away,εἰ ταῦτα προεῖτ' ἀκονιτεί D.18.200
;καιροὶ προεῖνται Id.19.8
, cf. 25.10.2 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτίκα ἡδὺ π. αὑτούς devote themselves to.., X.Cyr.7.5.76.B in Prose mostly in [voice] Med. (not found in Hom.), send forward from oneself, drive forward,τὸν λαγὼ εἰς τὰς ἄρκυς X.Cyn.6.10
(s. v.l.): c. inf., τοὺς ἐρῶντας ἵμερος δρᾶν προΐεται forces them on to do, S.Fr.149.9 codd. Stob.2 of sounds, utter,τὴν φωνήν Aeschin.2.23
, etc.;λόγον Ti.Locr.100c
;ῥῆμα D.19.118
; π. πᾶσαν φωνήν use all sorts of entreaties, Plb.3.84.10, etc.;π. τῶν ἀπορρήτων οὐδὲν οὐδενί Id.3.20.3
, etc.3 emit, π. γονήν, σπέρμα, κόπρον, βλαστούς, etc.,Arist.GA 719b3, 721a30, HA 554b1, Thphr. CP1.12.9, etc.;κλημάτια.. προϊέμενα ῥίζας Dsc.4.29
.II give up, let go, προέμενον αὐτῇ (sc. τὴν χεῖρα) Hdt. 2.121.έ; give up to the enemy,Κέρκυραν τοῖς Κορινθίοις Th.1.44
, cf. D.18.72, 21.213; abandon, Id.19.152; π. σφᾶς αὐτούς gave themselves up as lost, Th.2.51;αὑτὸν τοῖς πολεμίοις X.An.5.8.14
;σφᾶς αὐτοὺς καὶ τὰ ὅπλα Polyaen.4.3.4
;τὸν βίον Plu.Ant.53
: abs., give up hope, Jul.Or.8.250a.2 desert, abandon,εἰ τὰ κάτω προοῖντο Th.1.120
, cf. 6.78, X.An.1.9.10, etc.; οὐδαμῇ προΐενθ' αὑτούς did not lose themselves (i.e. take bribes), D.19.139;τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1307b4
.3 give away, give freely,ἔρανον τῇ πόλει Th. 2.43
;τὰ ἑαυτῶν D.34.52
;ὑμῖν οὐδὲν προεῖνται τῶν σφετέρων Lys. 21.12
;ἀπὸ τῶν ἰδίων D.18.114
; εὐεργεσίαν ἄνευ μισθοῦ without a stipulated fee, leaving it to one's honour, Pl.Grg. 520c, cf. Phdr. 231c, X.An.7.7.47; give up without payment received,τὴν ἀλλαγήν Pl.Lg. 849e
.c pay, in kind or in money, PHib.1.76.2 (iii B.C.), UPZ23.18 and 26, 26.12 (ii B.C.), PAmh.61.11 (ii B.C.), SIG694.60 (Elaea, ii B.C.).5 throw away,τὰ ἴδια X.Cyn.12.11
codd.; π. τὸν καιρόν, τὸ παρόν, Lycurg.126, D.1.9; καθ' ἕκαστον ἀεί τι τῶν πραγμάτων ib.14;πολλὰ τῶν κοινῶν Id.18.134
;εἰ οὗτοι χρήματα.. μὴ προοῖντ' ἄν, πῶς ὑμῖν. καλὸν τὸν ὅρκον προέσθαι; Id.21.212
;μηδενὸς κέρδους τὰ κοινὰ δίκαια π. Id.6.10
; τὰ πατρῷα, τὰ τῆς δημοκρατίας ἰσχυρά, Aeschin.3.173, 234; πόλεων.. ὧν ἦμέν ποτε κύριοι.. προϊεμένους (gen. by attraction of the relat. ὧν) D.2.2;τὴν ψυχὴν π. Porph.Abst. 2.13
: abs., throw away one's advantage, Arist.Rh. 1398a2, cf.EN 1114a17 (less freq. neglect a disadvantage,π. κακόν τι Lib.Or.21.27
); to be lavish, Arist. Rh. 1366b7.6 with part., inf., or Adj., ἡμᾶς προέσθαι ἀδικουμένους suffer us to be wronged, Th.2.73, cf. Plb.30.7.4;προέμενοι ἀπολέσθαι αὐτούς X.HG2.3.35
;π. τισὶν ὑμᾶς ἐξαπατῆσαι D.16.3
, cf. Lys.13.23, etc.;π. τὰ ἴδια ἀνομοθέτητα Pl.Lg. 780a
; also τοὺς Ἕλληναςεἰς ὅουλείαν π. D.10.25
, cf. 5.15.7 suffer to escape,ἐκ τοιούτων τοὺς ὑπεναντίους Plb.3.94.8
;τινὰ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως Id.4.4.3
; let pass,διὰ κενῆς τὸν χρόνον Id.3.70.10
; let slip, utter, μαλθακοὺς λόγους φρενός dub. in E.Med. 1052.8 rarely in good sense, confide, entrust to one, X. Cyr. 5.2.9;τὰ τέκνα τισὶν εἰς ὁμηρίαν Plb.28.4.7
: abs., X.An.7.3.31.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προΐημι
-
17 λαμβάνω
+ V 408-428-225-72-202=1335 Gn 2,15.21.22.23; 3,6to take [τι] Gn 2,21; id. [τινα] Gn 2,15; to take [τινος] Gn 3,6; id. [ἀπό τινος] Ex 12,7; to take away, to remove [τι] 2 Chr 16,2; to take away [τινα] 2 Kgs 2,5to take by violence, to carry off as booty [τι] Jos 11,19; to take by violence, to take captive [τινα] Jgs 8,16; to capture (a city) [τι] 1 Chr 11,8; to take up, to carry away [τινα] (of storm) Is 41,16to take hold of, to seize [τινα] (of pains) Ex 15,14; to attack [τινα] (of sudden pain) 2 Mc 9,5; to catch, to overtake [τινα] (of sleep) DnLXX 4,33bto get, to receive [τι] Lv 25,36; id. [abs.] Hab 1,3; id. [τινα] Ps 48(49),16; to take from, to accept from [τι παρά τινος] Gn 23,13; to gain, to win (virtue)[τι] Zech 6,13; to receive (for money), to buy [τι] Dt 2,6, cpr. Ez 29,14, Jos 11,19; to take up, to pronounce [τι] Mi 2,4to take up, to pronounce [τι] Mi 2,4; to incur [τι] Lv 5,1; to levy, to impose [τι] 1 Mc 3,31; to choose, to select [τινα] Nm 8,6; to take, to choose 2 Mc 8,7; to fetch, to find [τινα] 2 Kgs 3,15; to take as [τινα+pred.] Lv 18,18; to take sb for [τινα εἴς τινα] Gn 43,18; id. [τινα εἴς τι] 1 Mc 14,5οὐ λήμψεται μάχαιραν he shall not draw the sword Is 2,4; ἔλαβεν Ααρων τὴν Ελισαβεθ αὐτῷ γυναῖκα Aaron took Elisabeth as his wife Ex 6,23; ἔλαβον αὐτὴν ἐμαυτῷ εἰς γυναῖκα I took her as my wife Gn 12,19; ἧς οὐχὶ πεῖραν ἔλαβεν ὁ ποὺς αὐτῆς βαίνειν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς whose foot has not yet attempted or tried to go upon the earth Dt 28,56; ἐὰν λάβῃς τὸν συλλογισμὸν τῶν υἱῶν Ισραηλ if you should take account of the children of Israel, if you should count the children of Israel Ex 30,12; πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν λαβόντας keeping or bearing in mind 2 Mc 8,17; οὐκ ἔλαβεν συντέλειαν it is not finished 1 Ezr 6,19; λημψόμεθα τὴν ἐκδίκησιν ἡμῶν ἐξ αὐτοῦ we shall take our vengeance on him, we shall avenge ourselves on him Jer 20,10; λήμψονται τὴν κόλασιν αὐτῶν περὶ πάντων, ὧν ἐποίησαν they shall receive or bear their punishment for all the things they have done, they shall be punished for all the things they have done Ez 43,11; οὐ λήμψῃ πρόσωπον πτωχοῦ you shall not take the poor into consideration, you shall not show partiality towards the poor, you shall not favour the person of the poor Lv 19,15; ὅταν λάβω καιρόν whenever I seize the opportunity, whenever I take a set time Ps 74(75),3; πᾶς, ὂς ἂν λάψῃ τῇ γλώσσῃ αὐτοῦ ἐκ τοῦ ὕδατος whosoever shall lap of the water with his tongue Jgs 7,5; δεξιὰς λαβεῖν to take the right hand, to shake hands, to pledge friendship 1 Mc 13,50; ἔλαβεν ἐν γαστρὶ Ρεβεκκα Rebecca became pregnant, Rebecca conceived Gn 25,21; τὰ πρόβατα ἐ̓ν γαστρὶ λαμβάνοντα the sheep carrying their young, the sheep that had conceived in the belly, the pregnant sheep Gn 30,41; ἔλαβεν ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ he lifted up his soul to vanity, he desired vanity Ps 23(24),4; ἑώρα ἀδύνατον εἶναι τὸν Σιμωνα παῦλαν οὐ λημψόμενον τῆς ἀνοίας he saw that it was impossible that Simon would leave or abandon his folly 2 Mc 4,6; τὸν δὲ ἀγορασμὸν τῆς σιτοδοσίας τοῦ οἴκου ὑμῶν λαβόντες ἀπέλθατε go away with the sale of your house’s grain Gn 42,33; λαβόντες χρόνον at the appointed time 1 Ezr 9,12*1 Chr 24,31 ἔλαβον they received corr. ἔβαλον for MT ויפילו they cast (lots), cpr. 1 Sm 14,42, Est 3,7, Neh 11,1; *Jer 23,39 ἐγὼ λαμβάνω I (will) take, seize-אתישׂנ for MT יתישׁנ I will forget, cpr. Ez 39,26;*Zph 3,18 τίς ἔλαβεν who took-אשׂנ מי? ⋄אשׂנ for MT אתשׂמ the burden (of)?; *Jb 38,14 ἦ σὺ λαβών did you take-שׂהתתפ ⋄שׂתפ? for MT תתהפך ⋄הפך did it changeCf. HARL 1991=1992a 152-153; HARLÉ 1988 99.166-167; HELBING 1928, 53; LE BOULLUEC 1989, 245;MARGOLIS, M. 1906a=1972 71-74; →TWNT(→ἀναλαμβάνω, ἀντιλαμβάνω, ἀπολαμβάνω, διαλαμβάνω, ἐκλαμβάνω, ἐπιλαμβάνω, ἐπικαταλαμβάνω, καταλαμβάνω, μεταλαμβάνω, παραλαμβάνω, περιλαμβάνω, προλαμβάνω, προκαταλαμβάνω, προσλαμβάνω, συλλαμβάνω, συμπαραλαμβάνω, συμπεριλαμβάνω, συναντι-, ὑπολαμβάνω,,) -
18 ἐλαύνω
ἐλαύνω, Il.12.62, etc.: [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. ἐλαύνεσκον ([etym.] ἀπ-) Hdt.7.119: [tense] fut. ἐλάσω [ᾰ], part.Aἐλάσοντας X.An.7.7.55
codd., cf.D.H.2.36, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Hp.Loc.Hom.46, Nat.Mul.32 ( ἐλάσσω ([etym.] παρ- ) is f.l. in Il.23.427, and ξυνελάσσομεν is subj. in Od.18.39);ἐλάω A.R.3.411
; [dialect] Att. ἐλῶ, ᾷς, ᾷ, inf. ἐλᾶν, also Hdt.1.207, etc., and so Hom. in the resolved formἐλόω Il.13.315
, Od.7.319: inf. ἐλάαν (though this is also inf. [tense] pres., v. infr.) Il.17.496, Od.5.290: [tense] aor. 1 ἤλᾰσα, [dialect] Ep.ἔλᾰσα Il.5.80
,ἔλασσα 18.564
, [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3sg.ἐλάσασκεν 2.199
: [tense] pf. ἐλήλᾰκα ([etym.] ἀπ-, ἐξ-) X.Cyr.4.2.10, Ar.Nu. 828: [tense] plpf. ἐληλάκειν ([etym.] ἐξ-) Hdt.5.90:— [voice] Med. (v. infr. 1.2), [tense] fut. ἐλάσομαι ([etym.] παρ-) dub. l. in Arr.An.3.30.3: [tense] aor.ἠλασάμην Il.11.682
, rare in [dialect] Att., as Pl.Grg. 484b; [ per.] 3sg.ἤλσατο Ibyc.55
; [dialect] Ep. ἐλάσαιο, -ασαίατο, -ασσάμενος, Od.20.51, Il.10.537, Od.4.637:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ἐλασθήσομαι ([etym.] ἐξ-) D.H.4.9: [tense] aor. ἠλάθην [ᾰ] E.Heracl. 430, Ar.Ec.4; laterἠλάσθην AP7.278
(Arch.), Sammelb. 997 (iv A.D.), ([etym.] ἐξ-, συν-) Plb.8.24.9, 18.22.6, etc. (in Hdt. the Mss. vary between the two forms,ἐξελαθείς 7.165
,ἀπηλάσθησαν 3.54
): [tense] pf.ἐλήλαμαι Od.7.113
, Hdt.7.84 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc.;ἐλήλασμαι Hp.Mul. 2.133
, Aen.Tact.31.4 (prob.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) Plb.6.22.4, ([etym.] συν-) A.D.Conj.233.30: [tense] plpf.ἠλήλατο Il.5.400
; poet. alsoἐλήλατο 4.135
; [ per.] 3pl. , also ἐληλέδατ', ἐληλέατ', ἐληλάδατ' vv.ll. in Od.7.86.— The [tense] pres. [full] ἐλάω is rare and mainly Poet., imper.ἔλα Pi.I.5(4).38
, A.Fr. 332, E.HF 819, Fr.779.1 (also non-thematic [ per.] 3pl. ([place name] Cos)): inf.ἐλᾶν Canthar.4
, X.HG2.4.32: inf. ἐλάαν as [dialect] Ep.inf.[tense] pres. is freq. in Hom. (v. infr.1.2): part.ἐλάουσα Emp.4.5
: [tense] impf. [ per.] 3pl.ἔλων Od.4.2
, [ per.] 3sg.ἔλαεν A.R.3.872
;ἀπ-έλα X.Cyr.8.3.32
; but ἀπ-ήλαον in Ar.Lys. 1001 is prob. an error for - ήλα'αν, [dialect] Dor. for - ήλασαν:—radic. sense, drive, set in motion, of driving flocks,εἰς εὐρὺ σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα Od.9.237
;κακοὺς δ' ἐς μέσσον ἔλασσεν Il.4.299
; [tense] aor. [voice] Med. ἠλασάμην in act. sense, 10.537, 11.682: freq. of horses, chariots, ships, drive, ἐλάαν (inf. [tense] pres.)ἅρμα καὶ ἵππους 23.334
;ἐς τὴν ἀγορὴν τὸ ζεῦγος Hdt. 1.59
; ἐ. ἵππον ride it, Id.4.64, al.; κέλητας καὶ ἅρματα ἐ. ride and drive, Id.7.86; ἐ. νῆα row it, Od.12.109, etc.; στρατὸν ἐ. Pi.O.10(11).66, Hdt. 1.176, 4.91, etc.b with acc. omitted, intr., go in a chariot, drive, μάστιξεν δ' ἐλάαν (sc. ἵππους ) he whipped them on, Il.5.366, al., cf. S.El. 734, 739; βῆ δ' ἐλάαν ἐπὶ κύματα he drove on over the waves, Il. 13.27; διὰ νύκτα ἐλάαν travel the night through, Od.15.50; ἐς τὸ ἄστυ ἐ. drive into the city, Hdt.1.60; ἐπὶ ζευγέων ἐ. ib. 199; ride, Id.7.88, X.Eq.Mag.3.9, etc.; ἐλῶν ἐς Θρηΐκην marching.., Hdt.9.89, etc.; row,μάλα σφοδρῶς ἐλάαν Od.12.124
; ἐλαύνοντες rowers, 13.22, etc.c in this intr. sense, it sts. took an acc. loci, γαλήνην ἐλαύνειν to sail the calm sea, i.e. over it, 7.319; so τὰ ἕσπερα νῶτ' ἐ. E.El. 731 (lyr.); also ἐλαύνειν δρόμον run a course, Ar.Nu.28;ὁδόν D.P. 586
.d [voice] Pass., [ νηῦς] ἐλαυνομένη a ship under way, Od.13.155 (butπλοῖα ὑπὸ σκληρῶν ἀνέμων ἐλαυνόμενα Ep.Jac.3.4
); τὰ κατάντη ἐλαύνεσθαι, of horses, to be ridden on steep ground, X.Eq.Mag.8.3.2 drive away, carry off, in Hom. of stolen cattle or horses,βοῶν ἀρίστας Od.12.353
;ἵππους Il.5.236
;ἐ. ὅ τι δύναιντο X.HG4.8.18
:—[voice] Med., Od.4.637, 20.51;ῥύσι' ἐλαυνόμενος Il.11.674
, etc.3 drive away, expel,ἐ. [τινὰ] ἐκ δήμου 6.158
;ἄνδρας ἀπ' Οἰνώνας Pi.N.5.16
: freq. in Trag.,ἐ. τινὰ γῆς E.Med.70
; μύσος, μίασμα ἐ., A.Ch. 967 codd., Eu. 283 ([voice] Pass.), cf. S.OT98; ἄγος ἐ.,= ἀγηλατέω, Th.1.126;ἐ. λῃστάς Ar.Ach. 1188
, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,γῆν πρὸ γῆς ἐλαύνομαι A.Pr. 682
.4 drive (to extremities), persecute, plague, οἵ μιν ἄδην ἐλόωσι.. πολέμοιο who will harass him till he has had enough of war, Il.13.315; ἔτι μέν μίν φημι ἄδην λάαν κακότητος I think I shall persecute him till he has had enough, Od.5.290;θεὸς ἐλαύνει πόλιν S.OT28
;Ἰωνίαν ἤλασεν βίᾳ A.Pers. 771
; ;σὺ δ' ἀπειλεῖς πᾶσιν, ἐλαύνεις πάντας Id.21.135
, cf. 173:—[voice] Pass.,ἐλαυνομένων καὶ ὑβριζομένων Id.18.48
;λύπῃ πᾶς ἐλήλαται κακῇ S.Aj. 275
;κακοῖς πρός τινος E.Andr.31
;ὑπ' ἀνάγκης καὶ οἴστρου Pl.Phdr. 240d
;τὴν ψυχὴν ἐρωτικῇ μανίᾳ Ael.NA14.18
; ἐλαύνεσθαι τὴν γνώμην to be out of one's mind, Philostr.VS2.27.5.5 = βινέω, Ar.Ec.39, Pl. Com.3.4.6 intr. in expressions like ἐς τοσοῦτον ἤλασαν they drove it so far (where πρᾶγμα must be supplied), Hdt.5.50;ἐς πᾶσαν κακότητα Id.2.124
; εἰς κόρον ἐλαύνειν push matters till disgust ensued, Tyrt.11.10; εἰς ἴσον (sc. τισί) Onos.Praef.4: hence, push on, go on,ἐγγὺς μανιῶν E.Heracl. 904
(lyr.); ἔξω τοῦ φρονεῖν Id.*ba. 853; πόρρω ἐ. σοφίας go far in.., Pl.Euthphr.4b, cf. Grg. 486a, X.Cyr.1.6.39.2 strike with a weapon, but never with a missile,τὸν σκήπτρῳ ἐλάσασκεν Il.2.199
;ξίφει ἤλασε κόρσην 5.584
;κόρυθος φάλον ἤλασεν 13.614
; ὀδόντας ἐ. knock out, A.R.2.785: c. dupl. acc., τὸν μὲν.. μεταδρομάδην ἔλασ' ὦμον him he struck on.., Il. 5.80; χθόνα δ' ἤλασε παντὶ μετώπῳ struck earth with his forehead, of a falling man, Od.22.94: c. acc. cogn., inflict a wound,οὐλὴν τήν ποτέ με σῦς ἤλασε 21.219
:—[voice] Pass., c. acc.νῶτον ὄπισθ' αἰχμῇ δουρὸς ἐληλαμένος Tyrt.11.20
;ἐλαύνεται εἰς τὸν μηρόν Luc.Tox.61
.3 strike one thing against another,πρὸς γῆν ἐ. κάρη Od.17.237
; of weapons, drive through,διαπρὸ χαλκὸν ἔλασσε 22.295
; [δόρυ] διὰ στήθεσφιν ἔλασσε Il.5.57
, cf. 20.269;ἤλασε Λυγκέος ἐν πλευραῖσι χαλκόν Pi.N.10.70
:—[voice] Pass., go through, Il.4.135, 13.595; to be fixed in, ;διὰ [σφονδύλου] διαμπερὲς ἐληλάσθαι Pl.R. 616e
.III metaph.,1 beat out metal, forge,ἀσπίδα.. ἣν ἄρα χαλκεὺς ἤλασεν Il.12.296
; πέντε πτύχας ἤλασε beat out five plates, 20.270; περὶ δ' ἕρκος ἔλασσε κασσιτέρου make a fence of beaten tin (with a play on signf. 2), 18.564; εὐνὴ Ἡφαίστου χερσὶν ἐληλαμένη χρυσοῦ a bed of beaten gold, Mimn.12.6; σίδηρος λεπτῶς ἐληλ. Plu.Cam.41.2 draw a line of wall, trench, etc.,ἀμφὶ δὲ τάφρον ἤλασαν Il.7.450
;ἀμφὶ δὲ τεῖχος ἔλασσε πόλει Od.6.9
;σταυροὺς δ' ἐκτὸς ἔλασσε 14.11
;τοῖχοι ἐληλέατ' 7.86
; τεῖχος τοὺς ἀγκῶνας ἐς τὸν ποταμὸν ἐλήλαται the wall has its angles carried down to the river, Hdt.1.180, cf. 185, 191; ἐληλαμέναι πέρι πύργον having a wall built round, A.Pers. 872 (lyr.); ὄγμον ἐλαύνειν work one's way down a ridge or swathe in reaping or mowing, Il.11.68;ἐ. αὔλακα Hes. Op. 443
; ἀμπελίδος ὄρχον ἐ. to draw a line of vines, i.e. plant them in line, Ar.Ach. 995: generally, plant, produce,ἐλᾷ τέσσαρας ἀρετὰς αἰών Pi.N.3.74
.3 κολῳὸν ἐλαύνειν prolong, keep up the brawl, Il. 1.575.4ἐξ ὄσσων ἐς γαῖαν ἐ. δάκρυ E.Supp.96
. -
19 ἀποδίδωμι
Aἀπέδων A.D.Synt. 276.9
, shortened inf. ἀποδοῦν prob. in Hsch.:— give up or back, restore, return,τινί τι Hom.
, etc.: esp. render what is due, pay, as debts, penalties, submission, honour, etc.,τοκεῦσι θρέπτρα Il.4.478
; ἀ. τινὶ λώβην give him back his insuit, i.e. make atonement for it, ib.9.387 (tm.);τὴν πλημμέλειαν LXXNu.5.7
;εὖ ἔρδοντι κακὴν ἀ. ἀμοιβήν Thgn.1263
;ἀ. τὴν ὁμοίην τινί Hdt.4.119
;ἀμοιβάς Democr.92
;κακὸν ἀντ' ἀγαθοῦ Id.93
; ἀ. τὸ μόρσιμον pay the debt of fate, Pi.N.7.44;τὸ χρέος Hdt.2.136
;τὸν ναῦλον Ar.Ra. 270
; τὴν ζημίαν, τὴν καταδίκην, Th.3.70, 5.50;τὴν φερνήν PEleph.1.11
(iv B. C.);εὐχάς X.Mem.2.2.10
;ἀ. ὀπίσω ἐς Ἡρακλείδας τὴν ἀρχήν Hdt.1.13
, etc.;πόλεις ἀ. τοῖς παρακαταθεμένοις Aeschin.3.85
;ἀ. χάριτας Lys.31.24
;οὐκ ἐς χάριν ἀλλ' ἐς ὀφείλημα τὴν ἀρετ ὴν ἀ. Th.2.40
;ἀ. χάριν τινός Isoc.6.73
; [τὴν πόλιν] ἀ. τοῖς ἐπιγιγνομένοις οἵανπερ παρὰ τῶν πατέρων παρελάβομεν X.HG7.1.30
:—[voice] Pass.,ἔως κ' ἀπὸ πάντα δοθείη Od.2.78
; ἀ. μισθός, χάριτες, Ar.Eq. 1066, Th.3.63.2 assign, ;τὸ δίκαιον καὶ τὸ συμφέρον Arist.Rh. 1354b3
, cf. 1356a15;τὸ πρὸς ἀλκὴν ὅπλον ἀ. ἡφύσις Id.GA 759b3
, etc.b refer to one, as belonging to his department,εἰς τοὺς κριτὰς τὴν κρίσιν Pl.Lg. 765b
; ἀ. εἰς τὴν βουλὴν περὶ αὐτῶν refer their case to the Council, Isoc.18.6, cf. Lys.22.2, etc.3 render, yield, of land, ἐπὶ διηκόσια ἀποδοῦναι (sc. καρπόν) yield fruit two hundred-fold, Hdt.1.193;τἅλλα δ' ἅν τις καταβάλη ἀπέδωκεν ὀρθεῶς Men.Georg.38
; ἤν ἡ χώρη κατὰ λόγον ἐπιδιδοῖ ἐς ὕψος καὶ τὸ ὅμοιον ἀποδιδοῖ ἐς αὔξησιν renders, makes a like increase in extent, Hdt.2.13:—hence perh. metaph.,τὸ ἔργον ἀ. Arist.EN 1106a16
;ἀ. δάκρυ E.HF 489
.4 concede, allow, c. inf., suffer or allow a person to do,ἀ. τισὶ αὐτονομεῖσθαι Th.1.144
, cf. 3.36;εἰ δὲ τοῖς μὲν.. ἐπιτάττειν ἀποδώσετε D.2.30
;ἀ. κολάζειν Id.23.56
;τῷ δικαστηρίῳ ἀποδίδοται τοῦ φόνου τὰς δίκας δικάζειν Lys.1.30
;ἀ. τινὶ ζητεῖν Arist.Pol. 1341b30
, cf. Po. 1454b5; alsoοὔτε ἀπολογίας ἀποδοθείσης And.4.3
; ἐπειδὰν αὐτοῖς ὁ λόγος ἀποδοθῆ when right of speech is allowed them, Aeschin.3.54.5 ἀ. τινά with an Adj., render or make so and so, like ἀποδείκνυμι, ἀ. τὴν τέρψιν βεβαιοτέραν Isoc.1.46;τέλειον ἀ. τὸ τέκνον Arist.GA 733b1
;δεῖ τὰς ἐνεργείας ποιὰς ἀ. Id.EN 1103b22
;μετριωτέραν τὴν ὑπερηφανίαν D.H.7.16
.b exhibit, display,τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν ἀρετήν And.1.109
; ἀ. τὴν ἰδίαν μορφήν render, express it, Arist.Po. 1454b10; ἀ. φαντασίαν τινός present appearance of, Phld.Ir.p.71 W., al.8 ἀ. τὸν ἀγῶνα ὀρθῶς καὶ καλῶς bring it to a conclusion, Lycurg.149.9 λόγον ἀ. render an account, D.27.48:—[voice] Pass., μαρτυρίαι ἀ. Test. ap. D.18.137.10 ἀ. ὅρκον, v. ὅρκος.11 give an account or definition of a thing, explain it, E.Or. 150;ἀ. τί ἐστί τι Arist.Cat. 2b8
, cf. 1a10, Metaph. 1040b30, al.; ἑπομένως τούτοις ἀ. τὴν ψυχήν Id.de.An. 405a4, cf. Ph. 194b34, al.; also, use by way of definition,ὁ μὲν τὴν ὕλην ἀποδίδωσιν, ὁ δὲ τὸ εἶδος Id.de An. 403b1
; simply, define,τὸν ἄνθρωπον S.E.M.7.272
; expound, Phld.D.3.14, cf. Epicur.Nat.14.3, 119G., 143 G.; render, interpret one word by another,ἀ. τὴν κοτύλην ἄλεισον Ath.11.479c
; explain, interpret,τὸ φωνὴν αἵματος βοᾶν Ph.1.209
:—[voice] Pass.,βέλτιον ἀποδοθήσεται Epicur.Ep.1
P.15 U.;ἀκριβεστέρως ἀποδοθήσεται A.D.Synt.45.21
;ἀ. τι πρός τι
use with reference to,Olymp.
in Mete.281.10, cf. Sch.Ar.Pl. 538.2 Rhet. and Gramm., introduce a clause answering to the πρότασις, Id.Rh. 1407a20;διὰ μακροῦ ἀ. D.H.Dem.9
, etc.; cf.ἀπόδοσις 11.2
; οὐκ ἀποδίδωσι τὸ ἐπεί has no apodosis, Sch.Od.3.103; esp. in similes, complete the comparison, Arist.Rh. 1413a11.4 Medic. in [voice] Pass., to be evacuated,σὺν τοῖς περιττώμασιν Dsc.4.82
.III [voice] Med., give away of one's own will, sell, Ar.Av. 585, Hdt.1.70, etc.; ἀ. τι ἐς τὴν Ἑλλάδα take to Greece and sell it there, Id.2.56: c. gen. pretii, Ar.Ach. 830, Pax 1237; ; ἀ. τῆς ἀξίας, τοῦ εὑρίσκοντος, sell for its worth, for what it will fetch, Aeschin.1.96; ὅταν τις οἰκέτην πονηρὸν πωλῆ (= offer for sale)καὶ ἀποδῶται τοῦ εὑρόντος X.Mem.2.5.5
, cf. Thphr. Char.15.4;διδοῦσι [τὰς νέας] πενταδράχμους ἀποδόμενοι Hdt.6.89
; ἀ. εἰσαγγελίαν sell, i.e. take a bribe to forgo, the information, D.25.47;οἱ δραχμῆς ἄν ἀποδόμενοι τὴν πόλιν X.HG 2.3.48
; at Athens, esp. farm out the public taxes, D.20.60, opp. ὠνέομαι: metaph.,οἷον πρὸς ἄργυρον τὴν δόξαν τὰς ψυχάς Jul.Or.1.42b
:—[voice] Act. and [voice] Med. are distinguished in Lex ap.And.1.97 πάντα ἀποδόμενος τὰ ἡμίσεα ἀποδώσω τῷ ἀποκτείναντι: but [voice] Act. is used in med. sense in Th.6.62 (s.v.l.), cf. Foed.Delph.Pell. 2 A 22, and possibly in E.Cyc. 239, Ar.Ra. 1235: [voice] Med. for [voice] Act. in Antipho Fr.54:—[voice] Pass., to be sold, Hsch.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀποδίδωμι
-
20 εὐφραίνω
εὐφραίνω fut. εὐφρανῶ LXX; 1 aor. εὔ-and ηὔφρανα LXX; inf. εὐφρᾶναι Hm 12, 3, 4; B 21:9. Pass.: 1 fut. εὐφρανθήσομαι; 1 aor. ηὐφράνθην (also εὐ-LXX) (s. φρήν; Hom.+).① to cause to be glad, gladden, cheer (up) τινά someone act. (Hom.+; OGI 504, 10 εὐφρᾶναι ὑμᾶς; PFlor 154 II, 12; LXX; En 107:3; Philo, Spec. Leg. 3, 186; Jos., Ant. 4, 117) τίς ὁ εὐφραίνων με; who makes me glad? 2 Cor 2:2. εἰς τὸ εὐφρᾶναι ὑμᾶς to cheer you B 21:9. Of the commandments of the angel of repentance δυνάμεναι εὐφρᾶναι καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου be able to gladden the heart of a person Hm 12, 3, 4 (cp. Ps 18:9; 103:15 εὐφραίνει καρδίαν ἀνθρώπου; Pr 23:15; Sir 40:20; PsSol 5:12 εὐφρᾶναι ψυχὴν ταπεινοῦ; Aelian, VH 1, 32; CB I/2 386 no. 232, 19 τὴν ψυχὴν εὐφραίνετε πάντοτε).② to be glad or delighted, be glad, enjoy oneself, rejoice, celebrate pass. w. act. sense (Hom.+; also OdeSol 11:15; Ar. [Milne 76, 30]; Just., D. 80, 1 al; Mel., P. 16, 103 al.) ἐπί τινι (Aristoph., Acharn. 5; X., Symp. 7, 5; Epict. 4, 4, 46; BGU 1080, 7; Sir 16:1, 2; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44; 12:12; Philo, Mos. 1. 247; TestLevi 18:13) Rv 18:20; B 10:11. ἐπί τινα (Is 61:10; Ps 31:11) Rv 18:20 v.l. ἔν τινι in, about, or over someone or someth. (X., Hier. 1, 16; BGU 248, 28; Sir 14:5; 39:31; 51:15, 29; PsSol 5:18; ApcMos 43; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 194) Hs 9, 18, 4; Rv 18:20 v.l. ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις τῶν χειρῶν Ac 7:41 (s. 3 below); ἐν τοῖς δικαιώμασιν αὐτοῦ εὐ. take delight in God’s ordinances B 4:11 (cp. Ps 18:9). διά τινος be gladdened by someth. = rejoice in someth. (X., Hier. 1, 8; Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 194) 1:8. Abs. (PGM 3, 24; 4, 2389; En 25:6; TestSol 1:1 A; 1:10 D; ParJer 6:6; Philo, Cher. 86; SibOr 3, 785) Lk 15:32 (but s. 3 below); Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9); Ro 15:10 (Dt 32:43); Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1); Rv 11:10; 12:12; 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32); 2 Cl 2:1 (Is 54:1); 19:4; Dg 12:9; Hv 3, 4, 2; m 5, 1, 2; Hs 5, 7, 1; 9, 11, 8; ApcPt 4:18. Esp. of the joys of dining (Od. 2, 311; X., Cyr. 8, 7, 12; Dt 14:26; 27:7; TestAbr 4 p. 80, 25 [Stone p. 8], B 5 p. 109, 16 [Stone p. 66]) φάγε, πίε, εὐφραίνου eat, drink, be merry Lk 12:19 (cp. Eccl 8:15; Eur., Alcest. 788; for the theme cp. Is 22:13; 1 Cor 15:32 and s. ἐσθίω 1d); cp. 15:23f, 29 and s. 3 below; 16:19. τελεσθέντος τοῦ δείπνου κατέβησαν εὐφρανόμενοι GJs 6:3.③ to observe a special occasion with festivity, celebrate pass., in this sense prob. Lk 15:23, 29, 32; Ac 7:41 (s. 2 above).—DELG s.v. φρήν. M-M. EDNT. TW.
См. также в других словарях:
επί — (AM ἐπί) (πρόθεση) Ι. (με γεν.) 1. επάνω σε μια επιφάνεια ή σ ένα σημείο («επί τής στέγης», «καθέζετ ἐπὶ θρόνου») 2. σχετικά με κάτι, σε αναφορά με κάτι («επί τού θέματος, επί τής ουσίας», «ἐπὶ καλοῡ λέγων παιδός») 3. χρονική περίοδος κατά την… … Dictionary of Greek
ίστημι — ἵστημι (ΑΜ) 1. τοποθετώ όρθιο κάτι, στήνω («ἔγχος μέν ῥ ἔστησε φέρων πρὸς κίονα» Ομ. Ιλ.) 2. (για ανδριάντες, οικοδομές, τρόπαια) ιδρύω, εγείρω («ἔστησε τρόπαια») μσν. (το μέσ.) ἵσταμαι 1. είμαι όρθιος, στέκομαι 2. (για οικοδομήματα) υψώνομαι,… … Dictionary of Greek
Differences between codices Sinaiticus and Vaticanus — Codex Sinaiticus and Codex Vaticanus, two of great uncial codices, representatives of the Alexandrian text type, are considered excellent manuscript witnesses of the text of the New Testament. Most critical editions of the Greek New Testament… … Wikipedia
Ελλάδα - Φιλοσοφία και Σκέψη — ΑΡΧΑΙΑ ΕΛΛΗΝΙΚΗ ΦΙΛΟΣΟΦΙΑ Η φιλοσοφία ως κατανοητικός λόγος Όταν κανείς δοκιμάζει να προσεγγίσει την αρχαία ελληνική φιλοσοφία, πρωτίστως έρχεται αντιμέτωπος με το ερώτημα για τη γένεσή της. Πράγματι, η νέα ποιότητα των φιλοσοφικών θεωρήσεων της… … Dictionary of Greek
ВАСИЛИЙ ВЕЛИКИЙ — [греч. Βασίλειος ὁ Μέγας] (329/30, г. Кесария Каппадокийская (совр. Кайсери, Турция) или г. Неокесария Понтийская (совр. Никсар, Турция) 1.01.379, г. Кесария Каппадокийская), свт. (пам. 1 янв., 30 янв. в Соборе 3 вселенских учителей и святителей; … Православная энциклопедия
στρέφω — ΝΜΑ, και δωρ. τ. στράφω και αιολ. τ. στροφῶ, άω και δ. αν. στρόφω Α 1. (αμτβ.) μετακινούμαι επί τόπου αλλάζοντας μέτωπο ή καθώς κινούμαι αλλάζω κατεύθυνση (α. «έστρεψε λίγο αριστερά προκειμένου να τόν δει» β. «λίγο πιο κάτω έστριψε στον διπλανό… … Dictionary of Greek
τείνω — ΝΜΑ 1. τεντώνω (α. «τείνω το τόξο» β. «ὅρα μὴ κατὰ τὴν παροιμίαν ἀπορρήξωμεν πάνυ τείνουσαι τὸ καλώδιον», λουκιαν.) 2. φέρω προς τα εμπρός, προτείνω, προβάλλω (α. «τείνω την κεφαλή» β. «τείνω την χείρα» γ. «ἀσπίδα τείνας», Ανθ. Παλ. δ. «χεῑρας… … Dictionary of Greek
Papyrus 19 — Manuskripte des Neuen Testaments Papyri • Unziale • Minuskeln • Lektionare Papyrus 19 Name Oxyrhynchus Papyri 1170 Text Matthäusevangelium 10 11 † … Deutsch Wikipedia
Великое славословие — (греч. Ἡ Μεγάλη Δοξολογία) в православном богослужении молитвословие, основанное на ангельской песне «слава в вышних Богу, и на земле мир, в человеках благоволение!», пропетой при благовестии пастухам о Рождении Иисуса Христа. В… … Википедия
παιδεύω — (ΑΜ παιδεύω) 1. αναπτύσσω κάποιον πνευματικά και ηθικά, παιδαγωγώ, εκπαιδεύω 2. διαμορφώνω τον πολιτισμό, την πνευματικότητα ενός έθνους, ενός λαού ή μιας κοινωνικής ομάδας («τὴν Ἑλλάδα πεπαίδευκεν ὁ ποιητής», Πλάτ.) 3. κολάζω, τιμωρώ (α. περκαλώ … Dictionary of Greek
επάγω — (AM ἐπάγω) [άγω] 1. άγω, οδηγώ εναντίον κάποιου 2. επιφέρω, προκαλώ 3. οδηγώ, παρασύρω («μᾱλλον πρὸς σκληρότητα ἐπάγεις τὴν ψυχήν μου») 4. καταφέρω χτύπημα μσν. επιβάλλω όρκο ή πρόστιμο αρχ. 1. οδηγώ στρατεύματα εναντίον τού εχθρού 2. προχωρώ,… … Dictionary of Greek